Riverside Unified School District

Document Sample
Riverside Unified School District Powered By Docstoc
					          Riverside Unified School District




              TECHNOLOGY MASTER PLAN
                     2006-2011




                              Co-Chairs:

Jesse Stayton, Assistant Superintendent, Network & Information Services
             David Haglund, Instructional Specialist – K-6
               Jay McPhail, Instructional Specialist – 7-12



                            Adopted 9/6/05




          Susan J. Rainey, Ed.D., District Superintendent


                         Board of Education
                       Maxine Frost, President
                   Michael Goldware, Vice President
                         Gayle Cloud, Clerk
                     Dana Kruckenberg, Member
                      Lewis Vanderzyl, Member
                                          Riverside Unified School District

                                            TECHNOLOGY MASTER PLAN

                                                           Table of Contents


Introduction .................................................................................................................................................. 1


Process Overview and Acknowledgments ............................................................................................... 2


Technology Master Plan Committee ......................................................................................................... 3


Vision ............................................................................................................................................................ 4


Overview ....................................................................................................................................................... 5


Collaboration with Adult Literacy Providers .......................................................................................... 19


Research-Based Methods and Strategies ............................................................................................... 20


Technology Plan Evaluation Overview ................................................................................................... 23


Goals and Objectives
    Instructional Technology...................................................................................................................... 24
    Administrative Technology .................................................................................................................. 27
    Infrastructure Technology .................................................................................................................... 29


Implementation Plan
    Action Plan
         Instructional Technology ............................................................................................................ 31
         Administrative Technology ......................................................................................................... 60
         Infrastructure Technology ........................................................................................................... 69

       Budget/Priorities .................................................................................................................................. 80


Appendices
    I. iTree Student Technology Survey .................................................................................................. 87
   II. Technical Service Agreement ........................................................................................................ 91
  III. Hardware Specifications ................................................................................................................. 99
  IV. Master Specification for Data Cabling Infrastructure .................................................................... 105
   V. Criteria for EETT – Funded Education Technology Plans ........................................................... 123
  VI. National Educational Technology Standards 1-6 ......................................................................... 133
3
                                    INTRODUCTION


        Technology in schools and in the workforce (and even in our homes) has affected the
way we do business. The world has been connected through unseen wireless systems that
surround our world, and we, as educators, are faced with a tremendous challenge-how do
we prepare our students for their future and success in this "connected society." We know
that technology is not a cure-all for success, but a necessary tool of our world.

        Through the implementation of a five-year Technology Master Plan, Riverside Unified
School District (RUSD) has the opportunity to emerge as a leader in effective uses of
technology to improve the academic achievement of our students and the efficient operation
of the District. The power of technology to transform and enrich the education of our
students is exciting. A new world of information, not otherwise available in the classroom,
can be obtained with current and emerging technology. Think of students seeing historical
documents not previously available to the general public, collecting and analyzing real-time
scientific data, corresponding with experts in all content areas, and viewing collections in
museums around the world. These opportunities for students make the implementation of
technology in the classroom a priority.

      This Technology Master Plan envisions a powerful network to link schools and the
community, supported by the professional development necessary for implementation. The
network and accompanying software productivity tools will empower teachers, staff, and
managers with the knowledge, skills, and resources to make data-driven decisions and
improve communication.

        On Behalf of the employees and students of Riverside Unified School District, I
would Like to thank the Technology Master Plan Committee and subcommittees for their
efforts in the creation of this visionary document.




Susan J. Rainey, Superintendent
Riverside Unified School District




                                            -1-
            PROCESS OVERVIEW AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS


In March 2005, a Technology Master Plan Committee was convened to develop a revised

comprehensive plan for the implementation of technology in Riverside Unified School District.

Committee co-chairs Jesse Stayton, Assistant Superintendent Network and Information

Systems, David Haglund, Instructional Specialist K-6, Jay McPhail, Instructional Specialist 7-

12, formed the committee to develop a five-year plan. The goal was to blend administrative

and instructional technology, providing a focus and direction for the implementation of

technology in the District.

Committee members representing teachers, site administrators, classified staff and parents

established a vision for technology use, identified priorities and provided advice and

recommendations for a comprehensive plan.         Subcommittees were convened to prepare

additional recommendations and to consult with additional stakeholders to develop

consensus and support for the plan.

Throughout the process, sections of the plan were discussed, revised and supplemented after

suggestions were received. Riverside Unified School District will benefit from the hard work

of this committee by having a cohesive technology vision that is founded on a wide-body of

research and is defined by this comprehensive plan for the next five years. The completed

document will serve as the basic framework for administrative and instructional technology

applications in the years to come. The annual review and update of the plan will result in a

systematic, well-defined implementation of information age tools and skills to support

academic achievement of RUSD students and to improve the operation of a large, urban

school district. We wish to thank the members of the Technology Master Plan Committee

and subcommittees for their efforts.




                                            -2-
                     Technology Master Plan Committee




                       Technology Master Plan Committee


Pablo     Sanchez              Assistant Principal, Gage Middle School
Patti     Merriam              Assistant Principal, King High School
Raul      Ayala                Assistant Principal, Rivera Elementary School
Bill      Ermert               Assistant Superintendent, Alternative Education
Jesse     Stayton              Assistant Superintendent, Technology Services
Lew       Vanderzyl            Board Member
Mike      Fine                 Deputy Superintendent, Business Services
Haglund   Dave                 Instructional Technology Specialist K-6
Jay       McPhail              Instructional Technology Specialist 7-12
Dianne    Pavia                Manager Communication and Public Relations
Sandra    Ramirez              Parent
John      McCombs              Principal – Emerson Elementary School
Frances   Burkhardt-Smith      Teacher – Bryant Elementary School
Gayle     Arendt               Teacher – Franklin Elementary School
Louis     Romero               Teacher – Sierra Middle School
Bud       Piraino              Teacher – Ramona High School




                 Administrative and Infrastructure Sub-committee


Jesse     Stayton              Assistant Superintendent, Technology Services
Tom       Barrett              Director, Educational Accountability
Ken       Mueller              Director, Maintenance and Operations
Reuben    Sanders              Director, Network Services
Chuck     Szilagyi             Director, Computing Services
Anita     Schmidt              Personnel Administrator




                     Instructional Technology Sub-committee


Gladys    Walker               Deputy Superintendent
Cathy     Morford              Director, Elementary Education
Marsha    Locke                Director, Secondary Education
David     Haglund              Instructional Technology Specialist K-6
Jay       McPhail              Instructional Technology Specialist 7-12



                                      -3-
         Science and technology multiply around us. To an increasing extent they dictate
         the languages in which we speak and think. Either we use those languages, or
         we remain mute.
                                               J.G. Ballard, English novelist



                                             VISION

The Riverside Unified School District will utilize information technology to strengthen both the
instructional program offered to its students and the administrative and support services that
make possible the efficient operation of the school district. All members of the educational
community will be provided the tools, training, and support necessary to effectively use
information technology to enhance teaching and learning, facilitate communication and
informed decision-making, and increase organizational efficiency and productivity. Equity of
student and staff access to District-specified technology will be achieved and maintained.




                                               -4-
Overview


        The fourteenth largest school district in California, Riverside Unified (RUSD) serves 42,000
students in various pre-school through adult education programs. Close proximity to the U.S. border
facilitates rapid immigration of Spanish speaking residents from Mexico and other Latin American
countries. These migration trends have created an ethically and linguistically diverse inner-city
community and district attendance area that is both enriched and challenged by blending cultures.
More than half of the district’s 45 schools are considered high poverty schools, receiving Title I – Part A
funding to offset the effects of poverty on the educational opportunities for low-performing students.
Low educational attainment within the region translates into limited economic opportunities and a per
capita income below that of other metropolitan areas.
        Riverside Unified School District faces complex challenges where technology is concerned.
While providing access to a variety of technology resources that enrich and expand the educational
experience, we are confronted with pressing issues that threaten the continued use and extension of
these valuable instructional resources. These issues fall into three main categories, all of which
encompass issues relating to sustained funding; infrastructure and computer equipment, technical
support, and teacher training in the effective use of instructional technology.
        Our school sites currently support 6,927 computers, which equates to a district-wide computer
ratio of 6 students for every 1 computer. Although this student-to-computer ratio is close to the goal set
in the 2001 - 2006 RUSD Technology Use Plan, approximately 80% (5,501) of our current computer
resources are over 3 years old and thus considered obsolete by the State of California, if we follow
CDE and CTAP guidelines and account only for computers that are 3 years and newer, our true
student to computer ratio is closer to 30 - 1. Since no funding source has been identified to support
retiring and replace obsolete computer equipment, school sites rely on grants, site budgets, and a
variety of other resources (including PTAs and gifts from the local business community) to secure new
computers. The net result of this funding structure is a growing digital divide in RUSD. In schools where
site leadership has facilitated procurement of technology and provided effective teacher training,
students and teachers have access to a wide variety of resources. Conversely, in schools where there
technology has not engaged in support of a consistent vision, students and teachers are wrestling with
obsolete and rapidly failing equipment. The primary objective of this plan is to provide a high-quality
instructional technology program that is supported by a sustainable funding source and maintains
equitable access to reliable instructional technology for both teachers and students at each school site.
        Those technology resources must be maintained in a manner that facilitates reliability if
teachers are expected to fully integrate the tools into the instructional program of the school. Currently,
the district-wide technician-to-computer ratio is about 1,000 computers to 1 technician; a scenario that
has translated into excessive computer down time and resulted in some teachers setting the
technology aside. The digital divide within the district is exaggerated by wide-ranging response times
from technical support personnel. Campuses that have invested in technology, both in terms of
equipment and support personnel, report a range in response times to requests for assistance from



                                                   -5-
one hour to five days. Conversely, campuses that have not identified the fiscal resources to fund on-
site support experience response times ranging from one week to more than one month. The current
reality presents a significant obstacle for our district and disrupts the instructional environment where
access to online grading and attendance systems require hourly teacher use. The solution, identified
and addressed in this plan, incorporates dedicated, on-site support personnel and takes into account
the demands of maintaining security, as well as attending to the practical day-to-day needs of the
schools.
        The 2005 CTAP2 survey confirms that the district has made significant headway in developing
the personal technology proficiencies of our instructional staff. Teachers understand how to use email,
word processing, and multimedia presentation software and, better yet, are implementing lesson plans
that incorporate these valuable skills as both instructional strategies and student performance
objectives. RUSD continues to make staff development a priority, focusing on effective integration of
technology into the instructional program of the school at each grade level and core content area. Two
full-time Instructional Technology Specialists are tasked with providing instructional support to forty-five
school sites, leading to similar issues that exist with technical support. There is a strong need for site-
level instructional support if the impact of technology on the instructional program of the district is to be
fully realized. This plan addresses this need for increasing staff development opportunities and
proposes a means to increase and enhance direct classroom support.


Teacher and Student Access
        The elementary schools in RUSD currently average eight students to each computer.
However, if you hold to the CDE / CTAP rule of obsolescence, that ratio jumps to 15 - 1. The ratio also
varies among different school sites. Some schools have invested heavily in technology, achieving a
student-to-computer ratio of 6 - 1, while others support a ratio closer to 20 - 1. It should be noted that
the student-to-computer ratio is much lower in the upper elementary classrooms than in the primary
grades. Although teacher and students use of technology is evident in the elementary classrooms,
there are limitations in terms of where access to working resources has achieved any level of reliability.
All elementary school sites have computers in the library that support electronic access to both the
school library catalogue and the Internet. A few schools have computer labs (fixed or permanent) in
addition to computers that are located in individual classrooms. At these sites, students generally
access the labs once or twice per week for the purpose of conducting research or receiving basic
computer skills instruction. RUSD encourages the use of lab settings for computer skills instruction so
that regular classroom use of technology can remain focused on supporting the core curriculum.
        Middle schools and high schools have made dramatic increases in the number of computers
available to students and teachers since 2001. The average student-to-computer ratios stand currently
at 8 - 1 in the middle schools and 4.75 - 1 in the high schools. Unfortunately, many of those computers
are over three years old, if you take these obsolete units out of the mix, the middle school ratio drops to
15 - 1 and the high school ratio to 22 - 1. Students on all secondary campuses have access to
computers in each classroom, in computer labs (fixed and/or portable), and in the libraries. Secondary
students also make use of graphing calculators, video cameras, digital cameras, digital recording
devices, video and graphical editing equipment, and the appropriate computer hardware to create
products related to district standards. Middle school students have access to the web-based River



                                                    -6-
deep programs for reading and mathematics and high school offer classes in programming (Visual
Basic and C++), networking, web design, computer-aided drafting, graphics technology, and computer
troubleshooting and repair. Riverside Poly also offers classes in computer applications that are
specifically geared for special Education students and English Learners. RUSD high schools each
maintain student designed school web sites. Classes or clubs are offered to students as a support for
this process. In addition to general education technology classes, many high school students have
access to technology academies. These academies include the Cisco Network Academy (Arlington
High School) and the Global Business Information and Technology Academy (North High School). King
and Poly High Schools each offer classes in web design, programming, and networking.
        The Educational Alternatives and Services Division coordinates six campuses serving middle
school through adult populations. Each campus offers students a fully networked environment with
technology embedded into their curricular program. These courses include: graphic arts, networking,
computer applications, computer assembly/technician, MS Office applications, web design, and video
production. The Riverside Adult School provides distance learning classes in the areas of GED and
English literacy for second language learners.
        Special education classrooms each house at least one computer for use in instruction and for
teacher information management. The Special Education Department is moving away from the use of
pen and paper documents to computer-based forms in order to minimize teacher time dedicated to
managing paperwork. GATE identified students and English language learners are supported by
computer access that is equal to or greater than the amount of resources afforded the general student
population. An increasing number of schools within the district are providing computer access during
after school programs, allowing time beyond the school day for homework support and conducting
research.
        Computer-based learning is valued as an essential component of effective instruction and
professional development throughout the district. Teachers are supported with access to computers in
their classroom and in common use areas throughout the campus. This technology plan calls for
placement of a teacher-dedicated workstation in each classroom throughout the district in support of
enhancing teacher technology use proficiencies. Schools throughout the district are transitioning
towards a paperless environment; managing attendance, grading, and communications via Internet-
and LAN-based resources. Teachers create and share common assessments, lesson plans, and
learning objects and access to these digital resources using file servers, web sites, and electronic
bulletin boards. The use of tablet style PCs and interactive whiteboards has resulted in dramatic
changes to the role technology is playing in the delivery of effective initial instruction in RUSD
classrooms. Staff development offerings incorporate the use of technology, including; wireless laptops,
tablet PCs, interactive whiteboards, LCD projectors, and document cameras. A wireless laptop lab is in
use daily at the Staff Development Center and a second portable lab is deployed routinely for training
at individual school sites.


Current Teacher and Student Use

        The district encourages teachers to integrate technology into all appropriate aspects of the
instructional program. Elementary and middle school sites have collaborated in implementing a K-8
reading incentive program that involves students accessing computers in classrooms and school


                                                 -7-
libraries in order to complete quizzes relating to books they have read independently. The school sites
are reporting significant increases in the amount of independent reading among students using the
program as evidenced by dramatic increases on library circulation. Elementary students learn to use
word processing applications and presentation software for language arts, science, and social studies
projects and standards-aligned skill development software in mathematics. The district has encouraged
teacher-guided Internet use by students for extending opportunities learning in all curricular areas. The
RUSD web site supports Internet links for students, teachers, and parents that are aligned to support
the core content standards. In addition to links on the web site, an instructional intranet is available to
teachers from school and home. This valuable resource provides relevant information for informing
standards-based instruction and accessing supplemental materials for adopted texts.
        Secondary education students use technology in their core classes as well as in technology-
centered electives designed to develop skills in programming, networking, video and sound editing,
and graphic arts. Software-focused technology courses range from basic productivity and Internet
applications at the middle school, to object-oriented programming languages at the high school. Since
most high schools maintain their own instructional server, students and teachers use technology for
data storage, communication, and instructional support. Classes within the core curriculum utilize
technology to support and extend text-based content and as a means for students to demonstrate
growing mastery of content standards. Students routinely create reports and generate original writings
using Internet- and network-based resources and presentation software. RUSD students have won
state History Day competitions by generating sophisticated web sites and other multi-media
presentations as well as presenting technology projects at statewide conferences for the California
Technology Assistance Project and California Association for the Gifted.
        A growing number of RUSD teachers use LCD projectors or large-screen monitors for direct
classroom instruction. Teachers also use technology to create teaching materials, organize student
data, and support classroom and administrative management activities. Elementary schools utilize a
standards-based report card system that is accessible from home and school. Additional applications
include elementary teacher use of a district generated online scoring application that provides practice
for scoring actual student writing samples using the RUSD four-point writing rubric and secondary
campus use of uniform grading and attendance programs.
        Most schools at both the elementary and secondary level have small computer labs within their
library in order to facilitate a more comprehensive research experience. Library Media Teachers invest
a great deal of time ensuring that students learn important information literacy skills in conjunction with
their library use experience. Classroom teachers and library staff collaborate to ensure that both
technology and content standards are integrated within common student work products.
        RUSD offers courses in the effective use of technology to all staff members via our Staff
Development Center (SDC). These workshops include training in the use of office-type software,
classroom applications for the use of the Internet, web design, digital image editing, and specific
technology integration techniques aimed towards each of the core content areas. SDC registration is
maintained and processed via network-based software that facilitates and tracks enrollment and
attendance of all professional development activities. Teachers can check registration information from
any workstation within the district firewall, as well as print their own training transcripts for credentialing
purposes. Every RUSD staff member is provided with an email account and is encouraged to use this



                                                     -8-
tool to enhance work-related communication. Elementary and Secondary Education Departments and
Network Information Services provide classes and support for these mission-critical technologies.


District’s Curricular Goals and Standards

         Improved student achievement, with a strong focus on language arts and mathematics,
continues to be the primary goal of RUSD. The Educational Services Division provides extensive
training and curriculum development to assist the schools and classroom teachers in preparing and
presenting an effective, standards-aligned instructional program. Maintaining a standards-based focus
in the curriculum, texts, and assessments is central; as is identifying and integrating the use of
instructional technology that research demonstrates is supportive of student learning. Training in the
appropriate and effective use of instructional technology is integrated into all staff development
activities.
         The Board of Education has established several goals that relate directly to the use of
technology. One such goal calls for the implementation of an independent reading program to support
student growth in reading comprehension. Each elementary and middle school has embraced this goal
and is supporting student reading through the use a systematic reading incentive program. This
Internet-based program allows student, teacher, and parent access to the software from any computer
that supports connectivity to the Internet. A second board goal identified the need for an administrative
program that uses technology to improve time management. In addressing this goal, administrators
have been offered training in the use of Palm handheld devices, Outlook, Excel, Word, the Internet,
and other courses that would assist with their management responsibilities. All administrators have
received Classroom Walk Through training, designed to train them to use handheld devices to collect
and manage classroom observation data. A third goal calls for improved communication with parents
and the community via email and the district and school web sites. Each school has information on the
district web site, which they are encouraged to update monthly. High schools and middle schools have
used student classes or clubs to create and improve their web sites.
         In addition to goals and objectives that address the integration of technology set by the
governing board, curriculum specialists have identified explicit and implied technology objectives
embedded within the grade-level core content standards. Language arts, mathematics, history/social
studies, and science each have specific standards that call out the use of technology as evidence of
content proficiency. Instructional specialists and staff developers support the teaching of these
standards by training teachers in effective techniques for integrating technology into the presentation of
curriculum in all core content areas.


Teacher and Administrative Competencies
         Riverside Unified continues to maintain a strong focus on developing “best practices” in the
use of technology within the instructional program of the school. Since 2001, RUSD has offered
teacher technology training through various initiatives including; the Technology Literacy Grant,
Technology Team (after school classes), Digital High School, TechLinks (site-based technology
teacher-leaders), Instructional Services Specialists (district-based instructional technology managers),
the Vanguard Teacher Program (trained teachers on each campus), and various other site-based
initiatives. Teacher technology proficiency is measured annually using the CTAP2 survey, RUSD


                                                  -9-
surveys, and site visits. The use of word processing for communication and curriculum development is
strong across the district; most teachers rate themselves as proficient in this skill set. Student use of
word processing is evident in the core content areas. This serves as a secondary indicator of teacher
knowledge and proficiency.
        The integration of presentation software and hardware into the instructional program is also
evident in RUSD classrooms. Teachers use these resources to enhance student learning in all core
content areas, across the grade continuum. Teachers use presentation software in conjunction with the
Internet to create engaging lessons and students use the technology for creating projects that
demonstrate mastery of the content standards. Teachers report proficiency in the use of the Internet
and network-based resources in terms of integrating digital content into the instructional program,
creating opportunities to enhance and/or extend student learning, and supporting classroom
management activities. The role of the Internet in RUSD classrooms is not limited to that of a source
for research; the World Wide Web has become a place for collaborative student discussions, inquiry-
based activities, and group problem solving.
        Teachers, via surveys and discussions with district technology leaders, have expressed the
need for specific training for using student achievement data in instructional planning. This technology
plan calls for extending the use of student data and data analysis software to inform the decision-
making processes at all levels of the organization. Teachers will also be trained to identify and select
appropriate, standards-aligned resources for integrating into their lesson plans. Administrators will be
trained to use technology in ways that increases their productivity and maximizes their time. All district
administrators use email for communication purposes and sharing information, developing a high level
of proficiency in this area. Palm devices are integrated into the daily work of administrative staff,
enhancing information management and accessibility. Self surveys have shown that data management
techniques and proficiencies lag behind the growth of word processing and communication skills. As
information streams continue to increase, the level of information management skills will need to be
addressed. Administrators will require additional training in data management tools, including the use
of spreadsheets and database software.


Initiatives and Specifics:
        In the fall of 2003-2004, RUSD used funds from a municipal bond initiative to institute a model
technology classroom pilot project: Instructional Technology Reinforced Educational Environments
(iTree). A review of current research relating to effective use of instructional technologies was
conducted in order identify a specific set of tools and related teaching strategies that had the strongest
impact on increasing student achievement. The initial goal of iTree was to shift the emphasis from
hardware and software acquisition to how technology is integrated into the instructional program;
modifying both the way teachers teach and the way students learn in RUSD classrooms.
        In October of 2003, one teacher at each of the eleven RUSD secondary sites was selected to
participate in the iTree Model Classroom pilot. The classroom was outfitted with a specific set of tools
and the teachers were engaged in a year-long training regimen that was tied both to the specific tools
deployed, as well as to each particular content area. Based on the success of the initial pilot, iTree was
                                               th
expanded in 2004 to include twenty-nine 5 grade classrooms (one at each elementary school) and
one complete middle school language arts department of six classrooms. The lessons learned and


                                                    - 10 -
progress made as a result of this pilot drove many of the goals and objectives in this plan. Site
administrators, seeing the effectiveness of this model technology program, have used site-based
resources, grants, and gifts from business partners and parent organizations to fund additional iTree
classrooms across the district. There are now 107 elementary and 135 middle and high school
classrooms in the iTree Model Classroom program.
        As a component of the iTree project and in conjunction with the other technology programs
identified above, the district instructional services managers for technology began the process of
identifying and training site-based teacher-leaders who could be relied upon to provide instructional
technology support (and, in many cases, hardware support as well). These TechLinks have been
invaluable to extending the reach of the two person instructional services technology management
team. This plan calls for a solidification of duties performed by these “TechLinks” into a new position of
Instructional Technology Support Specialist (ITSS). These site- and/or cluster-based support persons
will provide information; guide the implementation of technology standards for teachers; and offer
training and direct “in-classroom” support for teachers in the effective integration of technology into the
instructional program of each school.


Existing Administrative Technology:

     Riverside Unified School District has come a long way in the administrative use of technology over
the last five years. The District has implemented and expanded the use of SASI, a client server
distributed application that replaced a mainframe based legacy system called Digitronics. The District
has also replaced the Financial/Human Resource system with a County hosted client server based
application. Our support organizations receive request for service online instead of paper based work
orders. Many of the schools enter grades and take attendance online. Parent teacher communication is
increasingly taking place through e-mail. The District has begun to use hosted applications over the
Internet, such as data driven decision making tools, online storage for teachers and students, plus
access to curricular resources. Our administrative use of technology has continued to be the enabler
that allows us to do more with less.
    Our student system, SASI, changed the way our schools do business. Our sites were dependent
on Data Processing for all of their student data needs. The timelines for reporting were less than
desirable and in some cases rendered the data useless. This is not a minor problem given all of the
District functions that revolve around enrollment information.
   SASI gave the users the ability to generate the information they need without delay. This change
empowered administrators to make informed changes to teacher assignments, student schedules and
overall resource allocation at the sites. The addition of an online grade book program and attendance
module gives teachers a wealth of information about their students and streamlined the grading and
attendance functions.
   The County office has developed a client server based Human Resource/Financial system Yet the
new system did not meet all of the reporting needs of the District. RUSD development staff
implemented many reports and data collection systems to address these reporting needs of the district.
The new system also eliminated paper reports as all reports are now generated and available online.
An additional benefit of the new system is the ability to download data into various file formats. Once
the data is extracted the user can manipulate the information in any fashion they like. Although the new


                                                  - 11 -
system features are a great improvement over the centralized system it replaced many District needs
still need to be addressed.
   Network and Information Systems (NIS) and the Maintenance department have implemented online
work order systems allowing users to submit requests for service via the web. The user can track the
progress of their request online and review the details of any action taken. The online work order
systems have eliminated the need to purchase, process and file large volumes of paper as well as
reducing Help Desk phone calls to check on work order status.
   Most of our secondary schools enter grading and attendance data online. This change was
accomplished in two phases. First we converted to a client server student system continuing to process
grade and attendance data using scan sheets. After using the scanning process for a couple of years
the District began converting secondary schools to online grading and attendance. Those schools that
have completed the conversion enjoy an expedited, paper free and seamless process to post grades
and attendance.
   Electronic mail has become the preferred method of communication between District teachers,
administrators, managers and parents. The use of e-mail has exploded over the last five years. Every
employee has an e-mail account and access to a networked computer to retrieve messages. The
volume of legitimate e-mail, spam and phishing attacks keep our technical staff very busy.
   Our increase in Internet bandwidth over the years has allowed us to take advantage of application
service providers. We use several hosted applications such as Edusoft, Weblockrz and Accelerated
Reader to support instruction and District business. This model makes use of our network to gain
access to applications hosted externally. This technology paradigm saves the district money by
avoiding infrastructure costs needed to support an application internally.


Proposed Administrative Technology:
     Riverside Unified School District has come to rely on technology to support administrative
activities. This Technology plan calls for the continued enhancement of our systems, training, hardware
and software standards.
    The District plans to enhance our data systems over the next five years and want to consolidate
our various databases into one data warehouse. The elimination of redundant data will help the District
provide more accurate and unambiguous reporting to management and oversight organizations.
    The Financial/HR and student systems are not currently linked, and have redundant data, such as
teacher and Average Daily Attendance (ADA) information. The District is investigating the possibility of
procuring a system that will link these two connected functions together. This change would eliminate
the need to generate reports from one system that are then reconciled to the other. An integrated
system would eliminate the need for reconciliation.
   Another benefit of one integrated database would be a seamless data repository for the California
School Information Services (CSIS). The District currently pulls information from a number of sources
and in some cases there are multiple sources for the same information. An Integrated data system
would provide the District with one source of information and support the complete automation of the
CSIS process.
   The District website and web based applications is another major focus of this Technology plan.
The District recognizes the need to communicate to the community via the web. The Technology



                                                  - 12 -
committee prioritized the need for a fulltime Webmaster to perform a redesign of the current Riverside
Unified School District web site and coordinate ongoing maintenance. Web based applications will be
developed to provide parents with timely information about their student.
   Centralized registration will give our parents a “one-stop shop” procedure to get their students
enrolled in school, assigned to a bus, vaccinated and approved for free or reduced lunch. Currently
these functions are performed at various locations throughout the District. The District plans to
implement some systems and equipment to maximize the efficiency of the central registration process.
   Teacher online access to student information continues to be a focus of this District. The plan is to
expand Teacher access to online student information in the coming years. The biggest challenge to
this goal is the availability of Teacher workstations. Although most classrooms have computers
installed it is not uncommon for all of the machines in a classroom to be used by students. This fact
inhibits the teacher use of the machines to access student records. This plan calls for dedicated
teacher workstations in each classroom to ensure that only the District staff will have access to the
information.
    The current Board of Education meeting process is paper intensive and lends itself to automation.
We will explore the possibilities of moving to a paperless Board meeting environment eliminating the
time consuming and costly process of document duplication.
     The District must meet several deadlines when placing items on the board agenda, many of these
deadlines would be eliminated if time did not have to be allocated for duplication processes. The
savings in staffing and material costs alone justify this recommendation.
     The administrative technology objectives outlined in this plan are geared toward improving the
efficiency of District office functions and reducing the administrative burden on school site staff. These
improvements will support the core mission of the District, student achievement.


Existing Infrastructure Technology:
     Riverside Unified School District infrastructure includes the Wide Area Network components,
servers, telephones switches, routers and Tech support personnel needed to support both Instructional
and administrative technology deployments.
     Riverside Unified School District utilizes Riverside County Office Education for Internet access.
The current Internet bandwidth is 45 mega bits per second (mbps). The District leased a T3 copper
circuit from SBC to complete the connection with Riverside County Office of Education. The District
also utilizes the T3 line with the county for access to the HR/Financial system.
     All District sites connect to our hub site located at Sierra Middle School. The sites are connected
to the hub site via a leased T1 copper circuit. Each site has at least 1.544mbps of bandwidth. The high
schools and the District office have two T1 circuits installed and operate at approximately 3mbps.
     Each of the sites has a local area network (LAN) to support the connection of network nodes to
the WAN. Each Local Area Network consists of switches and routers. The Local Area Network speeds
are dependent on the speed of the switches. The District currently supports mostly 10/100mbps
switches at the sites and 1 gigabit switching at the hub site.
     Each site has several servers for file storage, instructional applications and administrative
applications.




                                                   - 13 -
     Technology support is supplied by five Help Desk Analyst and site based technicians with a ratio
of machines to technicians of approximately 1000 to 1. Central support is supplied on a first come first
serve basis.
     The voice network is largely Centrex lines attached to Intertel key systems. The District also has a
Nortel PBX at two sites.


Proposed Infrastructure Technology:
      The Infrastructure Technology sub-committee reviewed the recommended goals and objectives
from the Administrative and Instructional Technology sub-committees before finalizing their
Infrastructure recommendations. The Infrastructure portion of the plan is intended to support the
objectives in the Administrative and Instructional components of the plan.
      The network will be the cornerstone of any technology implementation during the next five years.
The District will be increasing the Internet bandwidth from 45 mbps to 155mbps, more than a three fold
increase. This increase in bandwidth will support the increase use of application service providers
(ASP) products, such as Edusoft, Accelerated Reader, and Weblockrz. The increase in Internet
bandwidth will also support the proposed distance learning opportunities.
      The overall network includes the Local Area Network components. The District will increase the
Local Area Network speed from 10/100mbps to 1 gigabit over the next five years.
      The T1 copper network that connects district sites to our hub site will be replaced by a fiber optic
network capable of scaling to 1gigabit speeds. Fiber optic media is capable of much higher data rates
than copper media. The District expects available data rates to continue to increase over the next
several years and fiber optic cable is the only media that can handle the higher data transfer rates
today. The proposed fiber optic network will position RUSD to take advantage of any future increase in
data rates.
       The Instructional Technology sub-committee recommended the use of wireless laptops for
teachers as the ability for a teacher to move around their room without restriction is highly desirable.
However, this solution in the Instructional Technology component of the plan represents an extreme
security risk from an infrastructure perspective. This plan calls for the District to identify and install the
appropriate solution to ensure the integrity of the network is not compromised while supporting the
needs of the classroom teacher.
       The increase in network performance will allow us to begin to centralize and consolidate file
servers and data storage. The District plans to move the file server functions to the hub site. This
change will greatly reduce the amount of time and effort it takes to support these resources. The
centralization of file servers will allow the District to reduce the total number of servers by consolidating
many file server functions into one box.
        The increase in network performance will also support the centralization of file storage. The
District will implement a storage area network (SAN) to support district file sharing and file storage
requirements. A storage area network consolidates hard drive storage space into one device that can
be shared by thousands of users and eliminates the need for an individual file servers at each site. This
change will provide technical staff the ability to monitor, maintain and support file sharing and storage
from one central location. The projected savings in employee travel time and expenses alone justify
the procurement of this technology.



                                                    - 14 -
        The planned network will allow the District to expand our use of host based computing, also
known as thin client technology. Thin client technology utilizes a server to run Windows and other
applications such as Microsoft Office. The proposed network will allow us to support those servers from
the hub site eliminating the need to touch the desktop computer to load new software since everything
runs from the server.
         The performance of the proposed network will allow RUSD to converge two separate networks
that support data and voice today. The sharing of circuits to transmit data and voice will allow the
District to reduce the overall cost by eliminating hundreds of leased lines.
        A new voice system will be implemented to replace the aging technology in place today. The
new voice system will provide voice mail for every District employee and to implement a logical dialing
plan.
        It is recommended that the District hires tech staff and assign them to clusters to support all of
the proposed technology. The technicians would receive their priorities from the sites and the technical
training and support from the Network and Information Systems Division. This model will provide
enough support staff to become familiar with individual site needs and provide a consistent contact for
site administrators
        The Infrastructure objectives are designed to support the goals of the administrative and
instructional technology components of the Plan. The recommendations will provide the required
foundation for the success of the entire technology plan.

Budget


The Network and Information Systems and Instructional Services Divisions both provide support for
administrative and instructional technology for educational programs in the District. The funding for
these services comes primarily from the General Fund, School Improvement Program, Title I and Title
II. Riverside Unified School District has been active in applying for and obtaining technology funding
including E-rate discounts, Enhancing Education Through Technology (EETT) and other site-specific
grant programs.


Instructional Services focuses on supporting the integration of technology into the instructional
program of every classroom. General funds are used to provide two Instructional Services Specialists,
staff development, software licenses, publications, and other technology equipment. In 2004 - 2005,
district-level general fund contribution to instructional technology in Riverside Unified School District
will be in excess of $90,000. Categorical contributions to instructional technology will be in excess of
$244,000.


Network and Information Systems, using the general fund and E-rate, provides technical support for
all hardware and selected software programs with the deployment of nine Help Desk Analysts. This
technical support team is responsible for the setup and maintenance of all classroom and site-based
computers. Work orders are assigned to a Help Desk Analyst. The technician assigned to a work
order will contact the client within 24 hours to assess the problem, and schedule an appointment.




                                                  - 15 -
Hardware replacement in Riverside Unified School District is decentralized, allowing site personnel to
make decisions based on need and budget considerations. In 2004-2005, computers were purchased
for a total cost of $1,589,945.


Network and Information Systems provides no-cost repairs for equipment. The repair cost must be
less than or equal to 33% of the cost of new hardware. The site has the option of paying for the total
cost of repair or purchasing replacement equipment if Network and Information Systems determines
the repair is too costly.


The general fund provides for the cost of computer repair, some replacement equipment, and
computer software and maintenance agreements. The total general fund commitment for
administrative and instructional technology support delivered by the Network and Information Systems
Division is budgeted at $1,018,746.




2004 - 2005 NIS Itemized Cost

                          Help Desk Analyst        $431,892
                           Computer Repair           $11,000
                    Replacement Equipment             $7,900
                         Computer Software         $108,973
                               Maintenance         $458,981
                                      Total       $1,018,746


2004 - 2005 NIS Work Orders
            PC                                 2866
            OneSource                             15
            Outage                              129
            Account                            1894
            E-Mail                              356
            Web Request                         466
            Change                                17
            Wiring                                 8
            Altiris                                7
            Mac                                    4
            Printer                             285
            Network                             218
            SASI                               3022
            Scanner                               33
            Other                               560
            Router                                 4
            Server                                59
            Unknown                              207
                                  Total       10,150

In addition, NIS provides network services, technical and training support for the Exchange email, and
student information databases including SASIxp and CLASSxp.




                                                - 16 -
Our high schools use general fund, and SIP funding to pay for a technology coordinator and
site-based technology support. The site-based support personnel provide services for the desktop and
server-class computers on the campus.


This plan provides for the additional technology support personnel, instructional and service based,
needed to meet the increasing commitment to technology in the district.


Hardware and Software Learning Resources


Electronic learning resources in RUSD consist not only of computer hardware and internet access, but
other e-learning resources including interactive whiteboards, AlphaSmart word processors, standard
calculators, graphic calculators, video/digital imaging equipment, and an instructional intranet. The
Network Information System (NIS) helpdesk team provides support for these resources. However,
many of our schools have support personnel available on site to maintain and service basic hardware
and software issues.


Network and Information Systems publishes a Technical Service Agreement (Appendix IV) detailing
their service commitment, along with the standard software packages they support. The standard
software programs include the Windows XP operating system, Microsoft Office, Outlook and business
related software. Instructional software NIS supports includes Accelerated Reader, the Follet Library
software package, Edusoft, Weblockrz and Blue Bear (Associated Student Body accounting software).


Individual sites have purchased specific software packages to support their core curricular or
instructional technology programs. Several high schools use specialized software in web
development, programming, computer assisted drafting and video production classes.


Riverside Unified School District offers teachers an instructional intranet, referred to as the Curriculum
Web, designed and maintained by the instructional specialists. One focus of the Curriculum Web is to
support teachers in planning instruction in core curricular areas by pairing standards with websites
that augment the information available in District-adopted texts. Other sites referenced on the
Curriculum Web provide interactive experiences for students related to specific content standards.
The Curriculum Web also has a web application for elementary teachers to practice scoring actual
student writing using the district writing rubric. Content information and support will continue to be
developed for teachers using the instructional intranet.


The Educational Alternatives and Services Division provides extensive technology resources for high
school and adult-aged learners at the following sites: Riverside Adult School, Educational Options
Center (EOC), Raincross High School, and Summit View Independent Study School. Adult Education
offers a web-based reading program, PLATO, for adults, including English language learners. This
e-learning resource is available to all members of the Riverside community. EOC, Raincross, and
Summit View share the same campus and offer technology courses in video, graphic design, web
design, programming and office-type products. These programs provide on-site technical support



                                                  - 17 -
funded by the general fund and various grants. NIS also provides additional support for each campus
in the area of networking.




                                               - 18 -
Collaboration with Adult Literacy Providers

Riverside Unified School District is focused on literacy development for all community members.
According to 2002 STAR parent education level data, 18% of RUSD parents have not completed high
school. Additionally, 43% have a high school diploma, but no college experience. Riverside Unified,
along with other community resources, provides literacy development opportunities for adults.


The Riverside Unified School District Adult School provides technology-based literacy resources both
on-site and in a distance learning environment. The on-site program provided at the Digital Resource
Center includes 30 computers allowing student access to a digital internet library, CD-ROM reference
resources, and an online literacy program provided by the PLATO learning systems. PLATO, available
24 hours per day, includes reading, writing, and math components for adult English speaking and
English learner students.


Riverside Adult School also offers evening English as a Second Language (ESL) classes for adults.
The classes are located at schools or community centers in the city. This program has a distance
learning component for those individuals unable to attend during scheduled class times. The
participants are provided videos and workbooks to learn at home. They meet with an instructor for 45
minutes per week. Two sites, Sierra Middle School and the Villegas Community Center, offer ESL and
Spanish Literacy classes.


Riverside Unified School District's Special Projects Department provides site-specific adult learning
opportunities in the form of literacy, family literature, technology, math, and science nights. In addition,
parents are offered two training programs for literacy development: Parents are Teachers and Latino
Literacy. The Latino Literacy program provides training in reading and writing.


The Riverside Unified School District Elementary and Secondary Education Departments are currently
                                                                                                 nd
deploying a technology-based independent reading program, Accelerated Reader, into the 2              through
 th
8     grade classrooms. One component will be the chance for parents to work together with their
students to read grade-level text and take the computer-based quizzes as a family. This program will
allow parents to take an active role in literacy development for the entire family.


The Riverside Public Library, part of the California Library Literacy Services and Riverside County
Literacy Network, offers adult literacy programs to the community. This program pairs an adult learner
with a trained literacy tutor. All books and materials are provided free of cost. RUSD works with the
library to communicate this valuable resource to the community. The public library system also offers a
Cybrary program at three locations. This program offers adults free training in technology and
information literacy skills, access to GED materials, and career development resources. RUSD will
invite a representative from the city library system to serve on the monitoring and evaluation committee
for the technology plan.




                                                   - 19 -
Researched-Based Methods and Strategies
          Riverside Unified School District uses data to inform the decision-making processes at all
levels of the organization, with the explicit goal of raising student achievement. This model
incorporates three primary measures within this process; the California Academic Performance Index
(API), the Adequate Yearly Progress (AYP), and the results of RUSD standardized trimester
assessments in language arts and math. Each year, district goals include a 5% increase in student
achievement as measured by these indexes. The departments of Elementary and Secondary
Education and school sites analyze student performance data provided by the district's Educational
Accountability Department to identify specific areas in which improvement is needed. RUSD maintains
anywhere/anytime access for all teachers to real-time student achievement data in support of this
process. As site-based Priority Learning Needs (PLNs) are determined, Instructional Services
managers work with the sites to identifying effective instructional technology uses designed to extend
and reinforce student access to the core curricula.
          Student achievement data also serves to inform decision-making regarding development of
staff expertise in the effective use of instructional technology. The district determines teacher
technology proficiency levels using CTAP2 assessment data, classroom walkthroughs, and other
locally developed teacher needs assessment tools. This allows the district to identify specific
improvement needs with regard to technology proficiencies and drive staff development planning
processes. Professional development and ongoing support are provided to teachers to support
developing capacity for integrating technology into the instructional program of the school. The
district's professional development for teachers and administrators is guided by the work of Richard
DuFour and Robert Eaker; seeking to develop powerful, collaborative teams within the district, to take
full advantage of our local resources (including instructional technology and those skilled in its use),
and promote awareness of current research identifying the characteristics of effective schools. This
professional development model has provided schools with a research-based organizational structure
that ties student achievement to a standards-aligned curriculum, teachers with increasing technology
integration capacities, and a means of assessment designed to demonstrate the impact of both.

Annotated Bibliography

Dufour, R., & Eaker, R. (1998). Professional Learning Communities at Work. Bloomington: National
Education Service.
        This book provides specific information for professional development that links curriculum,
        teacher development, collaborative school leadership, parent involvement, and assessment to
        student achievement.

Application: Consistent with this research, school and district instructional leaders/groups will
develop a results-oriented professional learning community. The development of this community will
impact staff development in all areas, including the integration of instructional technology.


Marzano, R. & Kendall, J. (1996). A Comprehensive Guide to Designing Standards-Based Districts,
Schools, and Classrooms. Aurora: Mid-Continental Regional Educational Laboratory.
       This book establishes the need for standards-based instruction. Marzano describes methods
       to format benchmarks, assess students, and guides accountability measures.

Application: A standards-based instructional program in core curricular areas is provided at all
schools. Instructional technology and information literacy skills are address as stand-alone standards
as well as components of the standards in all core content areas.

Cradler, J., & Cradler, R. (2000). The Curriculum Technology Integration Plan (CTIP): Impact of the
CTIP on Technology Integration in the DoE DoD Presidential Technology Initiative. San Mateo, CA:
Educational Support Systems.
        This report focuses on the success of the Curriculum Technology Integration Plan (CTIP)
        process that has consistently resulted in improved student learning directly linked to the
        professional development and resources supported by participating schools and districts. CTIP
        is both a results-driven staff development process and technology integration strategy that is
        based on extensive research.

Application: The technology plan addresses the integration of technology within the instructional
program in all classrooms and speaks to student use of technology to acquire information and



                                                 - 20 -
demonstrate understanding. Staff development activities are designed to support instructional,
standards-aligned objectives within the core curriculum.

Marzano, R., Pickering, D., & Pollock, J. (2001). Classroom Instruction That Works: Researched-Based
Strategies for Increasing Student Achievement. Alexandria: Association for Supervision and Curriculum
Development.
        This book summarizes the research supporting a variety of instructional strategies with proven
        success in raising student achievement. The strategies include: 1) identifying conceptual
        similarities and differences; 2) summarizing and note-taking; 3) reinforcing effort and providing
        recognition; 4) homework and practice; 5) nonlinguistic representations; 6) cooperative
        learning; 7) setting objectives and providing feedback; 8) generating and testing hypotheses;
        and, 9) cues, questions, and advance organizers.

Application: Student and teacher objectives explicitly reference these instructional strategies to assist
students in acquiring informational literacy and core content learning and performance objectives.
Instructional technology serves to enhance the effectiveness of these research-proven strategies (e.g.,
taking notes, giving presentations, and using graphic organizers). Professional development increases
the capacities of teachers to use instructional technology when integrating these strategies into what
they do in the classroom to support student learning.

Wiggins, G. & McTighe, J. (1998). Understanding by Design. Alexandria: Association for Supervision
and Curriculum Development.
       Wiggins and McTighe analyze the logic of backward design as an alternative to coverage and
       activity-orientated instructional plans. This approach brings focus to the process of identifying
       learning targets, using appropriate assessments to identify student levels of proficiency, and
       planning for the instruction required to enable students to meet the learning targets. The book
       discusses understanding and its various facets. It also proposes an approach to curriculum
       and instruction designed to engage students in inquiry.

Application: Students learn the skills necessary to utilize technology to locate, analyze, synthesize,
and communicate information. Using the backward design model, teachers plan lessons that
incorporate the use of technology in core curricular subject matter.

Lundin, J. & Bruton, S. (Eds.). (2000) Mathematical Framework for California Public Schools:
Kindergarten through Grade Twelve. Sacramento: California Department of Education.
        The state's mathematics framework is the basis for the district's math program. The framework
        identifies critical or key components necessary in a math program and makes grade-specific
        suggestions for instruction.

Application: The standards-based mathematics program includes web and software resources to
assist students in acquiring content knowledge. Quarterly and trimester student achievement data is
analyzed to identify areas of growth and to target needs. This information is also used to plan for the
training and support of classroom teachers. Instructional technology supports the process through the
use of an instructional intranet and the integration of best practices into staff development.

O'Malley, E. (Ed.). (1999). Reading/Language Arts Framework for California Public Schools:
Kindergarten though Grade Twelve. Sacramento: California Department of Education.
       The Reading/Language Arts Framework provides the blueprint for an effective and
       comprehensive language arts program. In addition, the framework speaks to key components
       for reading, writing, speaking, listening, and written and oral English-language conventions.
       The district uses the framework to provide content-specific teaching suggestions and
       integration techniques across other curricular areas.

Application: Reading/language arts instruction integrates instructional technology with classroom
activities such as using graphic organizers in the writing process, developing information literacy,
conducting research, preparing and giving presentations, and word processing. The state framework
provides a guide for the integration of these technology uses. Instructional leaders analyze student
achievement outcomes and identify areas in which instruction would be strengthened by the
appropriate use of technology. Recently adopted text-based materials provide resources for
incorporating instructional technology in grades seven through twelve.

CEO Forum. (2001, June). The CEO Forum school technology and readiness report: Key Building
                                        st
Blocks for Student Achievement in the 21 Century. www.rum.org/downloads/report4.pdf


                                                 - 21 -
        This report concludes that effective uses of technology to enhance student achievement are
        based on three elements: alignment to curricular standards and objectives; assessment that
        accurately and completely reflects the full range of academic and performance skills; and
        equity of access across geographic, cultural, and socio-economic boundaries.

Application: Consistent with this research, the district carefully analyzes learning resources and
lessons for alignment with content standards and for the ability to measure growth/achievement on
those standards in a variety of ways. Through ongoing data collection and analysis, the district
continuously monitors its progress toward reaching the goals and objectives identified in the
technology plan. Attention is paid to providing equitable access to all students in our community,
including students in special needs populations. The plan calls for equitable student-to-computer ratios
across the district.

WestEd Regional Technology in Education Consortium (June, 2002). The Learning Return on Our
Educational Technology Investment. www.wested.org/cs/wew/view/rs/619
       This report focuses on questions regarding the return on investment for technology purchases.
       It offers suggestions related to issues such as professional development, access to
       technology, and long-term planning. One conclusion drawn in the study is that technology is
       effective when used for problem-solving, conceptual development, and critical thinking. The
       report validates the use of technology to support the acquisition of basic skills.

Application: The technology plan and district goals call for technology-infused learning environments
that evidence increased student achievement. Resources for teaching basic skills include an
independent reading incentive program called Accelerated Reader, which is in use at all elementary
and middle schools. District-adopted textbook series include software and related web support
materials for all core content areas. Access to additional web and software resources in the areas of
language arts, math, science, and social studies are available to students and teachers via the districts
intranet.

Johnston, M. & Cooley, N. (2001). Supporting New Models of Teaching and Learning Through
Technology. Arlington: Educational Research Service.
       In one chapter, the authors detail potential barriers to technology implementation that include:
       poor equipment choices, lack of technical assistance and support, insufficient time for
       teachers to implement in the classroom, lack of administrative leadership, and inadequate
       professional development.

Application: The technology plan contains a service-level agreement to support access to working
technology resources at each school and in each classroom. Technical support policies and reports are
monitored by the Network and Information System Division to meet the needs of the district. The plan
calls for an increase in the level of technical support, especially at the high school level. The RUSD
Standards Committee supports the standardization of hardware and software applications in support of
instructional and fiscal priorities. Administrators are actively engaged in training related to technology
integration techniques and development of personal technology proficiency. Professional development
programs are continuously monitored for effectiveness using data analysis, teacher survey, and
classroom visitation/observation.

Hayes, D., Schuck, S., Dega, G., Dwyer, J. & McEwen, C. (2001). Net Gain? The Integration of
Computer-based Learning in Six NSW Government Schools, 2000.
http://www.curriculumsupport.nsw.edu.au/learningtechnologies/files/Leanetgain.pdf
         This report identifies six key findings, including some that relate to barriers to integration also
         identified in Johnston and Cooley's book. Unique to this report are the ideas that whole-school
         projects have the potential to mobilize broad based support for the integration of
         computer-based learning and that teachers tend to implement technology in ways that are
         consistent with their existing teaching strategies.

Application: One example of a whole-school project is the independent reading software program,
Accelerated Reader and STAR Reading. Recent textbook adoptions in language arts, mathematics,
social science, and science contain software and web materials that support the base instructional
programs in these areas.




                                                   - 22 -
Technology Plan Evaluation Overview:

        The review and evaluation process is ongoing and embedded into the existing set of
RUSD meetings and updates conducted with administrator and teacher groups. Each school
site has a designated technology leader (TechLinks) who meets with their designated
instructional technology manager on a monthly basis. The systematic review of technology
plan implementation is part of the regular duties of these committees. In addition,
Instructional Technology managers meet regularly with the Deputy Superintendent of
Educational Services and the Assistant Superintendent of Network Information Systems to
discuss implementation progress and address problem areas.
        RUSD enjoys a great deal of support and engagement on the part of our constituent
groups, both at the school sites and throughout the community. These individuals pay an
important role in the evaluative processes associated with the plan. Constituent groups are
active at both site and district levels. Recommendations for plan adjustments and/or
redirections would be brought from those groups to the district level technology plan
committee for consideration and action. The recommendations of the committee are brought
before the Superintendent’s cabinet for discussion and then to the school board for adoption.
        This plan identifies an annual review process and board report to support monitoring
of the implementation progress and support the program improvement processes. The
various data sources that we will be using to evaluate the plans progress are explicitly spelled
out within the action plans for each objective. At any time, should the committee determine
the need for modifying the basic structure of the plan, RUSD would work with our CTAP
partners to facilitate resubmitting the document into CDE’s plan approval process.




                                             - 23 -
                                  Goals and Objectives

                                  Instructional Technology


Integration in the Curriculum and Student Use of Technology


GOAL 1: All students will evidence age-appropriate technology use and
information literacy skills in support of demonstrating mastery of RUSD content
standards in all core curriculum areas.
      Objective 1.1: RUSD students will continue to evidence an understanding of
       responsible uses of technology and adhere to the Riverside Unified School District
       Acceptable Use Policy.

      Objective 1.2: RUSD students will continue to use technology to enhance their
       understanding of course content; locate and explore digital resources; improve their
       communication and problem solving skills; and enhance their ability to analyze and
       synthesize data.

      Objective 1.3: The district will continue to provide all students with access to a web-
       based/network-based file storage and communications platform in support of
       classroom instructional goals and objectives.

      Objective 1.4: The district will continue to pursue a 5 to 1 student to computer ratio at
       all school sites.

      Objective 1.5: By June 2006, all RUSD school sites will develop a Site Technology
       Plan (an integrated component of the school improvement plan) that describes their
       action steps for implementing relevant components of the 2006 – 2011 RUSD
       Technology Master Plan.

      Objective 1.6: By June 2009, 90% of RUSD students will demonstrate grade-level
       appropriate mastery of the Technology and Information Literacy Scope and Sequence
       as demonstrated by the RUSD Technology Use Survey.

      Objective 1.7: By 2006, the Superintendent will form a committee with members from
       NIS, Instructional Technology, and site administration to discuss the ramifications of
       increased integration of technology into the curriculum. This professional learning
       community will provide input to Cabinet to establish future technology pilot initiatives.

      Objective 1.8: Riverside Adult School will continue to explore ways to provide for,
       expand and improve the delivery of online education for adult students in the
       community.


GOAL 2: The District will use technology to facilitate parent participation in the
academic preparation of students.
      Objective 2.1: By September 2006, the district’s web site will be redesigned and
       maintained to support relevant curriculum support resources, and current school,
       parent, and community information.




                                             - 24 -
      Objective 2.2: The district will continue to propose and support initiatives to provide
       parent access to technology throughout the local community.
      Objective 2.3: By July 2006, RUSD will provide parental kiosks at selected sites
       throughout the district to support parent access to online resources.

      Objective 2.4: Riverside Adult School will use our WEB site to maintain and support
       relevant classes for our adult/parent population and community.


GOAL 3: The District will support and provide for online teacher collaboration
initiatives that facilitate the development of and 24-hour access to standards-
based assessments, lesson plans, and curriculum resources.
      Objective 3.1: By July 2006, the district will support a centralized method of housing
       grade-level and curriculum-specific digital content in support of the instructional
       program of the schools.

      Objective 3.2: By July 2007, the district will provide teachers with anywhere, anytime
       access to electronic resources that support curriculum development and standards-
       aligned resources in each content area.

      Objective 3.3: By June 2006 Riverside Adult School will have access to adult
       education online users of the Outreach and Technical Assistance Network (OTAN)


GOAL 4: The district will utilize student achievement data from standardized
testing, district benchmark exams, and department or grade-level common
assessments to refine curriculum and instruction.
      Objective 4.1: The district will continue to support a software platform that facilitates
       data-driven decision-making via the desegregation of student achievement data.

      Objective 4.2: By July 2007, the district will identify an item bank of assessment
       questions, modeled after the CST, that is grade-level and curriculum-specific for core
       subjects.

      Objective 4.3: Riverside Adult School will upgrade and develop new curriculum
       instruction for programs based on community/student needs and state requirements.




Professional Development

GOAL 5: Instructional staff will be provided ongoing staff development to
achieve proficiency with classroom implementation of technology and to
develop skills for matching technology resources to content standards and
benchmarks.
      Objective 5.1: District instructional services specialists and site instructional
       technology support specialists will provide leadership, staff development, and facilitate
       implementation of the RUSD technology plan.

      Objective 5.2: Instructional staff will continue to be informed of and provided access
       to a comprehensive staff development program that supports the effective use of
       technology within the instructional program.

      Objective 5.3: By July 2007, RUSD will adopt technology standards for teachers and
       administrators.

                                             - 25 -
      Objective 5.4: By July 2007, teachers will be supported with access to online learning
       opportunities and course management software that is accessible from school and
       from home.

      Objective 5.5: By July 2007, all school sites will have access to onsite instructional
       technology support specialists (ITSS).

      Objective 5.6: By June 2006 all adult education teachers will participate in staff
       development activities to prepare them for technology use in the classroom.


Hardware and Software Standards

Goal 6: The district will establish minimum technology hardware and software
standards to support instructional technology resource procurement.
      Objective 6.1: School sites will continue to adhere to established RUSD specification
       standards for computer hardware, peripherals, and software.

      Objective 6.2: The district will continue to establish collaborative partnerships with the
       business community and institutions of higher learning.

      Objective 6.3: The district will continue to pilot model technology initiatives that aim to
       verify the effectiveness of emergent technologies before they are integrated into use
       within the general instructional program.

      Objective 6.4: The district will continue to pursue the placement of permanent or
       portable general purpose computer labs that are accessible to all students at each
       school site.

      Objective 6.5: School sites will maintain a one-to-one computer ratio for instructional
       staff that meets current minimum RUSD standards.

      Objective 6.6: By July 2006, the district will adopt common software platforms for
       management of attendance and grading aligned to the instructional program of the
       schools.

      Objective 6.7: By July 2008, students and teachers will have equitable access to
       technology hardware and software at their school / work location that is in line with the
       baseline recommendations for classrooms at each grade level established by the
       RUSD standards committee.

      Objective 6.8: By July, 2006, the RUSD standards committee will identify
       recommendations for instructional technology in classrooms at each grade level
       and/or curriculum area that are aligned with the RUSD student technology use and
       information literacy skill standards for use in guiding technology purchases and
       support.

      Objective 6.9: Riverside Adult School will improve onsite technical support for
       current software programs/hardware, update as appropriate and feasible.




                                             - 26 -
                                Administrative Technology

Administrative Software for Efficient District Operations

GOAL 7: The District will implement technology that will supply appropriate
        staff with non-redundant, accurate, and timely information. This
        information will be used to make informed decisions in all
        administrative areas.

Objective 7.1: Identify redundant databases and consolidate into one data access portal to
               draw from various databases

Objective 7.2: Implement central registration to facilitate student enrollment, transfers,
               busing and food service data input

Objective 7.3: Provide all teachers online access to student records

Objective 7.4: Identify and implement Student Information System that is Web based and
               can be supported centrally

Objective 7.5: Identify and implement Web based software tools to provide parents with
               secure access real time information regarding their child’s school
               performance and online access to curriculum support resources

Objective 7.6: Identify integrated Financial/Human Resources systems to support District
               financial independence

Objective 7.7: Identify and develop software tools to automate data preparation for all state
               mandated California Student Information System (CSIS ) reports

Objective 7.8: Redesign the District Website to support technology goals and objectives
               and promote the district’s image

Objective 7.9: Identify and Implement a paperless Board meeting system

Objective 7.10: Identify and Implement a new multi-media presentation system for Board
                Meetings

Objective 7.11: Implement a Web page process that supports ease of updating pages by
                individual sites, is hosted centrally, and has central oversight

Objective 7.12: Provide a full time Web master


Professional Development

GOAL 8: To ensure District technology standards are maximized, the District
        will train appropriate staff to utilize the tools provided in the most
        efficient and productive manner.

Objective 8.1: Continue to train all appropriate staff in the use of our current student
               information system

Objective 8.2: Develop and Implement a training program for appropriate staff that will
               support central registration


                                             - 27 -
Objective 8.3: Train all appropriate staff in the use of office automation applications

Objective 8.4: Develop and implement training program for appropriate staff in the use of
               the new technology

Objective 8.5: Develop and implement training program for centrally hosted Web page
               process




Hardware and Software Standards

GOAL 9: The Administrative Technology Standards will continue to be set and
enforced by the Technology Standards Committee.

Objective 9.1: Continue to identify the most appropriate computer models for all levels of
               Administrative use

Objective 9.2: Continue to identify the most appropriate software for all types of
               Administrative use

Objective 9.3: Continue to update policies and procedures as technology and legislation
               dictate

Objective 9.4: Utilize Standard Committee to recommend pilot program




                                             - 28 -
                                        Infrastructure


Network and Connectivity Standards

GOAL 10: All District sites will be connected to a robust, standards-based
network.

Objective 10.1:    Install and/or upgrade active hardware to gigabit speed

Objective 10.2:    Implement a fiber network to increase wide area network bandwidth to
                   gigabit level

Objective 10.3:    Increase Internet bandwidth from T3 (45mbps) to OC3 (155mbps)

Objective 10.4:    Identify and implement wireless security products to protect the     network
                   from intrusion and virus attacks

Objective 10.5:    Install converged voice/data/video network Infrastructure

Objective 10.6:    Centralize file servers

Objective 10.7:    Provide video streaming capability

Objective 10.8:    Identify and install Storage Area Network (SAN) to support file sharing and
                   backup from a central location

Objective 10.9:    Build or acquire a secure, survivable and fault tolerant data center

Objective 10.10: Provide access to voice mail for all district staff

Objective 10.11: Integrate and modernize district phone system




Support (hardware, software, and network)

GOAL 11: A high level of technology support will be provided to students,
         teachers, and staff to ensure they receive the maximum benefit from
         the use of hardware, software, and the District network.


Objective 11.1:    Implement host-based computing solutions to centralize and reduce
                   support requirements

Objective 11.2:    Assign additional technical support staff to clusters and/or sites

Objective 11.3:    Implement and enforce infrastructure standards

Objective 11.4:    Develop and implement an administrative equipment maintenance and
                   replacement plan

Objective 11.5:    Network and desktop operating systems must be no more than two
                   releases from the manufacturer current release



                                              - 29 -
Objective 11.6:    Provide redundancy to critical network devices

Objective 11.7:   Install uninterruptible power supply (UPS) for all critical network devices

Objective 11.8:   Increase use of automation to perform network monitoring, notification and
                  escalation

Objective 11.9:    Provide secure access to district data from remote locations

Objective 11.10: Support acquisition, infrastructure, maintenance, etc. for individual
                 technology tools for teachers

Objective 11.11: Support acquisition, infrastructure, maintenance, etc. for individual
                 technology tools for students

Objective 11.12: Support acquisition, infrastructure, maintenance, etc. for individual
                 technology tools for video editing studios

Objective 11.13: Automate the creation, deletion, resetting and change of district controlled
                 user account information




Professional Development

GOAL 12: The District will provide professional development to ensure all
         appropriate staff are competent in the use and support of the District
         technology infrastructure and its components.

Objective 12.1: Provide regular training opportunities for technical support staff.



GOAL 13: Enhance communication between NIS and District sites

Objective 13.1: NIS newsletter to inform staff of ongoing developments

Objective 13.2: Regular meeting between NIS and Instructional Services Managers and
                Directors

Objective 13.3: NIS staff participation in TechLink meeting




                                             - 30 -
                                                             IMPLEMENTATION PLAN
                                                                    ACTION PLAN


Instructional Technology – Integration in the Curriculum and Student Use of Technology

Goal 1: All students will evidence age-appropriate technology use and information literacy skills in support of demonstrating mastery of
RUSD content standards in all core curriculum areas.

Objective 1.1: By June 2010, 90% of RUSD students will demonstrate grade-level appropriate mastery of the Technology and Information Literacy
(T&IL) Scope and Sequence (S&S) as demonstrated by the RUSD Technology Use Survey.
            Activity                 Responsible          Target        Estimated       Existing or Needed       Evidence/Measurement
                                      Person (s)        Completion         Cost        Funding/Resources
                                                           Date
Review Technology Use and                  ISS, ITSS,        January-June     Dept. chairs,   Title II Part D, EETT   Meeting agendas
Information Literacy Standards and         TechLinks             2006        iTree, & EETT         Competitive,       Staff development agendas
Scope and Sequence documents                                                   teachers (4         Instructional      Resource materials
from other districts to locate effective                                      per HS, 3 Per    Technology, K-12
models for implementation                                                          MS &        Voucher Program,
                                                                               Elementary      Site funds, general
                                                                                   site)               funds
                                                                              X 10 – 2 hour
                                                                                meetings
                                                                                 (2,640 X
                                                                                $27.74 =
                                                                                  73,234)
Adopt RUSD Technology and                  School Board,     June-August            N/A               N/A             Meeting agendas
Information Literacy Standards and         ISS, ITSS,           2006                                                  Staff development agendas
Scope and Sequence that is aligned         TechLinks LMT /                                                            Resource materials
to the National Technology Standards       LMC
for Students (NETS), National
Workforce Center for Emerging
Technologies (NWCET) Standards,
and the California content standards



                                                                            31
Provide training for teachers to        ISS, staff               June 2006 with        Embedded          Title II Part D, EETT      Meeting agendas
integrate the RUSD Technology and       developers, ITSS,         yearly review       into existing           Competitive,          Staff development agendas
Information Literacy Standards and      TechLinks,                 and revision        curriculum             Instructional         Resource materials
Scope and Sequence into standards-      teachers, site            through 2011       models. Cost         Technology, K-12
based curriculum                        administration                               incorporated         Voucher Program,
                                                                                     within existing      Site funds, general
                                                                                         training                 funds
                                                                                        schedule
Administer and compile results of the   ISS, ITSS,                 September         Embedded in        Funding for proposed        Survey materials,
annual RUSD Student Technology          TechLinks, site staff,   2006 with yearly     salary costs         ITSS from EETT           Compiled results of survey,
Use Survey                              site administration         review and           see 5.5            Formula, EETT           Email, Website
                                                                 revision through                         Competitive, K-12
                                                                       2011                             Voucher Program, site
                                                                                                       or district general funds,
                                                                                                             Title II Part D
Demonstrate a student technology        ISS, ITSS,               June 2008 with           N/A                      N/A              Compiled results of District Wide
use proficiency rate of 80% as          TechLinks, site staff,    yearly review                                                     Student Technology Use Survey
measured by a district-wide             site administration        and revision
assessment tool aligned RUSD                                      through 2011
Technology Use and Information
Literacy Standards
Demonstrate a student technology        ISS, ITSS,               June 2009 with           N/A                    N/A                Compiled results of District Wide
use proficiency rate of 85%             TechLinks, site staff,    yearly review                                                     Student Technology Use Survey
                                        site administration        and revision
                                                                  through 2011
Demonstrate a student technology        ISS, ITSS,               June 2009 with           N/A                    N/A                Compiled results of District Wide
use proficiency rate of 90%             TechLinks, site staff,    yearly review                                                     Student Technology Use Survey
                                        site administration        and revision
                                                                  through 2011




                                                                                    32
Objective 1.2: RUSD students will continue to evidence an understanding of responsible uses of technology and adhere to the Riverside Unified
School District Acceptable Use Policy (AUP).
             Activity                  Responsible          Target        Estimated      Existing or Needed       Evidence/Measurement
                                        Person (s)       Completion          Cost        Funding/Resources
                                                             Date
Publish RUSD AUP on District and      Site and district       August 2005            Embedded        Existing funding from      AUP on websites
school websites for public access     webmasters,              with yearly          into existing   general fund for salaries
                                      Instructional            review and              salaries
                                      Technology Support    revision through
                                      Specialists (ITSS)          2011
Review AUP with students prior to     Library Media            September             Embedded                 N/A               Survey, computer rules posted
accessing computers                   Teachers (LMT),       2005 with yearly        into existing                               in labs
                                      ITSS, site staff           or entry              salaries
                                                               orientation
                                                             through 2011
Monitor to see that students comply   Instructional            September             Embedded       Funding for proposed        Staff responses, administrator
with District AUP and site-based      Technology Support        2005 with           into existing     ITSS from EETT            evaluation, student ID cards w/
computer use policies                 Specialists (ITSS),        ongoing               salaries        Formula, EETT            Internet access symbol, AUP on
                                      teachers, site         monthly review                           Competitive, K-12         school websites, student
                                      administration         through 2011                           Voucher Program, site       portfolios
                                                                                                     or general fund for
                                                                                                          salaries

Develop specific AUP addendums to     ITSS, TechLinks,      July 2007 with           Embedded        Site funds as needed       Meeting agendas and minutes,
address computer usage on each        site technology        yearly review          into existing                               resource materials
campus                                committees             and revision              salaries
                                                            through 2011
Establish common consequences for     ISS, ITSS,            July 2008 with           Embedded            Instructional          Meeting agendas and minutes,
infractions of the District AUP       TechLinks, site        yearly review          into existing   Technology, Elementary      resource materials
                                      administration         and revision              salaries         and Secondary
                                                            through 2011                             Educational Services




                                                                               33
Objective 1.3: RUSD students will continue to use technology to enhance their understanding of course content; locate and explore digital resources;
improve their communication and problem solving skills; and enhance their ability to analyze and synthesize data.
             Activity                 Responsible            Target        Estimated        Existing or Needed             Evidence/
                                        Person (s)        Completion           Cost         Funding/Resources            Measurement
                                                              Date
Develop and implement content-             ISS, ITSS, teachers,   July 2008 with            N/A            Title II Part D, EETT     Lesson plans, administrator
specific units of study a that integrate   site administration     yearly review                                Competitive,         evaluations, site technology
technology use and information                                     and revision                                 Instructional        plans, electronic resources
literacy skill development                                        through 2011                              Technology, K-12
                                                                                                            Voucher Program,
                                                                                                            Site funds, general
                                                                                                                    funds
Enhance current core curriculum with       ISS, ITSS, teachers,   July 2008 with            N/A                      N/A             Administrator action plans,
the effective use of technology to         site administration     yearly review                                                     classroom observations,
prepare students for transition into                               and revision                                                      teacher lesson plans, electronic
institutions of higher education and/or                           through 2011                                                       resources, site technology plans
the world of work
Provide all students with in-class         ISS, ITSS, teachers,      June 2011,         Average per        Title II Part D, EETT     Resource materials, equipment,
access to interactive whiteboards,         site administration         ongoing        classroom cost            Competitive,         site technology plans
laptops, projection systems, and other                            enhancements         of iTree tools           Instructional
emerging technologies                                               to classroom         ($6,500) x         Technology, K-12
                                                                  equipment from            1,250           Voucher Program,
                                                                   July 2005 with       classrooms        District general funds,
                                                                  yearly revisions       $5,850,000       grants, bond monies,
                                                                     as needed                             site funds, business
                                                                                                                partnerships
Provide students with guided Internet      Library Media            September          Costs covered      Existing funding from      Surveys,
usage that supports standards-based        Teacher (LMT) /        2005 with yearly    in objective 1:1   general fund for salaries   resource materials, lesson
research                                   Clerks (LMC),              or entry          during AUP,                                  plans, site technology plans
                                           ISS, ITSS, teachers       orientation       library media
                                                                   through 2011            center
                                                                                         orientation
Provide students with online access        NIS, ISS, district     July 2007 with         25,000.00        Library Media Center       District / site websites, site
to library collections (district union     librarian, LMT /        yearly review                         Funding, District general   technology plan
catalogue) from both on and off            LMC,                    and revision                                   funds
campus                                     district webmaster     through 2011




                                                                                     34
Provide students with access to          Network Services      July 2007 with             N/A                  N/A              Site websites, links available on
subscribed databases from both on        (NIS),                 yearly review                                                   site computers (images),
and off campus                           ISS, LMT / LMC,        and revision                                                    site technology plans
                                         ITSS,                 through 2011
                                         site and district
                                         webmasters
Pilot specific secondary courses         Secondary               September                Approx.    Secondary Educational      Online course materials, course
using an online format                   Education,            2007 with yearly        $20,000 per   Services, Site funds, K-   registration rosters
                                         NIS, ISS, ITSS,          review and            secondary     12 Voucher Program
                                         teachers, site and    revision through           campus
                                         district webmasters         2011               (including
                                                                                         Lincoln &
                                                                                           EOC)
                                                                                        $260,000


Objective 1.4: The district will continue to provide all students with access to a web-based/network-based file storage and communications platform
in support of classroom instructional goals and objectives.
              Activity                   Responsible             Target         Estimated     Existing or Needed        Evidence/Measurement
                                           Person (s)         Completion           Cost       Funding/Resources
                                                                  Date
Deploy and administer a district-wide,   NIS, ISS,              July 2006 with         10,000 per    Bond funds, District       Staff responses, administrator
web-based file management system         TechLinks, ITSS,        yearly review            Year       general funds, EETT        evaluation
                                         district webmaster      and revision                        Competitive, K-12
                                                                through 2011                         Voucher program
Provide training on web-based            NIS, ISS, ITSS,        July 2005 with     Approx. 20 - 2    EETT Competitive, K-12     Meeting rosters, resource
management systems to teachers           TechLinks, site       ongoing training     hour trainings     Voucher program, IT      materials
and students                             administration            & support       (23 attendees)       Budget, site funds,
                                                                through 2011        per year (920         general funds
                                                                                     X $19.56 =
                                                                                   17,955.00) not
                                                                                      including
                                                                                     salaries for
                                                                                   ITSS and ITS)
Deploy and administer district-          NIS, ISS, ITSS,       July 2007 with       Approximate        Site general funds       Staff responses, administrator
approved, network-based,                 TechLinks, site        yearly review      cost $5,000.00                               evaluation
management systems and other             administration         and revision         per campus
approved software                                              through 2011         $220,000.00



                                                                                  35
Manage student accounts on the local     ISS, ITSS,            July 2005 with          N/A         Funding for proposed      Staff response, administrator
server for local storage of student      TechLinks, site        yearly review                        ITSS from EETT          evaluation
files                                    administration         and revision                          Formula, EETT
                                                               through 2011                          Competitive, K-12
                                                                                                   Voucher Program, site
                                                                                                    or general fund for
                                                                                                         salaries
Provide scheduled, general-use           ITSS, TechLinks,      July 2008 with          N/A                 N/A               Open-access labs, library lab
access times for student use of          LMT / LMC, site        yearly review
computers at all sites in libraries      administration         and revision
and/or computer labs                                           through 2011




Objective 1.5: The district will continue to pursue a 5-to-1 student-to-computer ratio at all school sites.
            Activity                     Responsible            Target        Estimated         Existing or Needed             Evidence/Measurement
                                           Person (s)         Completion         Cost           Funding/Resources
                                                                 Date
Maintain accurate site computer /        ITSS, TechLinks,        March 2006        Embedded in     Funding for proposed      Inventory, state reporting,
technology inventories to facilitate     site administration      with yearly        existing         ITSS from EETT         CTAP survey
reporting of computer ratio/                                      review and         salaries          Formula, EETT
technology use                                                 revision through                      Competitive, K-12
                                                                     2011                          Voucher Program, site
                                                                                                     or general fund for
                                                                                                            salaries
Replace obsolete computers (more         ITSS, TechLinks,        June 2011              1/3 of      Title II Part D, EETT    Inventory, state reporting
than 3 years old) to maintain a viable   site administration                       computers to          Competitive,
5-1 ratio                                                                           be replaced          Instructional
                                                                                     each year       Technology, K-12
                                                                                    (2,309 units     Voucher Program,
                                                                                        each       District general funds,
                                                                                   year(30% thin   grants, bond monies,
                                                                                       clients)     site funds, business
                                                                                    $4,926,130           partnerships




                                                                                  36
Objective 1.6: By June 2006, all RUSD school sites will develop a Site Technology Plan (an integrated component of the school improvement plan)
that describes their action steps for implementing relevant components of the 2006 – 2011 RUSD Technology Master Plan.
             Activity                    Responsible           Target        Estimated     Existing or Needed      Evidence/Measurement
                                           Person (s)        Completion        Cost        Funding/Resources
                                                                Date
Conduct regular meetings of site        ITSS, TechLinks,       June 2006 with              N/A                Site funds           Meeting rosters, meeting
technology committees                   LMT / LMC,              yearly review                                                      agendas, meeting minutes
                                        teachers, site           and revision
                                        administration          through 2011
Analyze the 2006 – 2011 RUSD            Site administration,   June 2006 with              N/A                   N/A               Meeting rosters, meeting
Technology Use Plan and plan for        site technology         yearly review                                                      agendas, meeting minutes
implementation at each school site      committees, ITSS,        and revision
                                        ISS                     through 2011
Develop site-based Technology Use       ITSS, ISS,             June 2006 with              N/A                   N/A               Meeting rosters, meeting
Plans designed to facilitate            TechLinks, site         yearly review                                                      agendas, meeting minutes
implementation of the 2006 – 2011       technology               and revision
RUSD Technology Use Plan                committees, site        through 2011
                                        administration
Administer an annual Student            ITSS, ISS,               September              Embedded        Funding for proposed       Student Technology Use Survey
Technology Use Survey and Site          TechLinks, site        2006 with yearly        into existing       ITSS from EETT          data, technology needs
Technology Needs Assessment             technology                review and              salaries          Formula, EETT          assessment data
                                        committees, site       revision through                           Competitive, K-12
                                        administration               2011                              Voucher Program, site
                                                                                                          or general fund for
                                                                                                                 salaries
Incorporate adopted Technology and      ISS, ITSS,             July 2007 with        Embedded           Funding for proposed       Meeting agendas, staff
Information Literacy Standards and K-   TechLinks,              yearly review       into existing          ITSS from EETT          development agendas,
12 Scope and Sequence into the core     teachers, site          and revision         curriculum             Formula, EETT          professional development
curriculum of the school                administration         through 2011        models. Cost           Competitive, K-12        course offerings
                                                                                   incorporated        Voucher Program, site
                                                                                   within existing        or general fund for
                                                                                       training                  salaries
                                                                                      schedule               Title II Part D,
                                                                                                       district and site general
                                                                                                                  funds




                                                                                  37
Objective 1.7: By 2006, the Superintendent will form a committee with members from NIS, Instructional Technology, and site administration to
discuss the ramifications of increased integration of technology into the curriculum. This Professional Learning Community will provide input to
Cabinet to establish future technology pilot initiatives.
             Activity                    Responsible           Target           Estimated      Existing or Needed             Evidence/
                                          Person (s)         Completion            Cost       Funding/Resources            Measurement
                                                                Date
Form a Technology Integration             NIS, ISS, ITSS, site    June 2006 with          Embedded       Cost included in salaries   TIC meeting roster,
Committee (TIC) that follows the          representatives,         yearly review         into existing                               TIC meeting agendas,
format and function of a Professional     board member              and revision            salaries                                 TIC meeting minutes
Learning Committee                                                 through 2011
Monitor and advise the process of         Technology               January 2007              N/A                   N/A               TIC meeting agendas,
district-wide technology rollouts that    Integration                with yearly                                                     TIC meeting minutes
could potentially negatively impact the   Committee (TIC)            review and
instructional program of the schools                             revision through
                                                                        2011
Examine potential pilot programs in       TIC                      January 2007              N/A                   N/A               TIC meeting agendas,
alignment with the 2006 – 2011                                       with yearly                                                     TIC meeting minutes, pilot
RUSD Technology Use Plan Goals                                       review and                                                      proposals
and Objectives                                                   revision through
                                                                        2011
Recommend pilot technology                TIC                     February 2007              N/A                   N/A               TIC meeting minutes, pilot
programs to the Superintendent’s                                     with yearly                                                     descriptions, cabinet reports,
Cabinet                                                              review and                                                      implementation plans
                                                                 revision through
                                                                        2011
Identify school sites to implement        TIC, cabinet                May 2007               N/A                   N/A               Pilot implementation plans,
approved technology pilot programs                                   with yearly                                                     surveys, evaluations
                                                                     review and
                                                                 revision through
                                                                        2011
Develop implementation plans for          TIC, ISS, NIS, ITSS,       June 2007               N/A                   N/A               TIC meeting minutes. pilot
integrating approved pilot programs       pilot site                 with yearly                                                     budgets, equipment purchase
into site instructional programs          administrator,             review and                                                      requisitions, implementation
                                          pilot site staff       revision through                                                    plans, pilot activities
                                                                        2011




                                                                                    38
Evaluate and provide support to              TIC, ISS, NIS, ITSS,     June 2008 with           N/A                  N/A              Cabinet meeting agendas,
technology pilot initiatives                 Cabinet, pilot site       yearly review                                                 Cabinet meeting minutes
                                             staff, pilot site          and revision
                                             administration            through 2011


Objective 1.8: Riverside Adult School will continue to explore ways to provide for, expand and improve the delivery of online education for adult
students in the community.
Add online access for Adult Basic            RAS Leadership          December 2005             N/A          Hardware is in place     Increased ADA for the site
Education at Longfellow Elementary           Team, Instructional
                                             staff, Technical
                                             support staff
Do departmental needs assessment             Technology                 June 2006              N/A                  N/A              Assessment results
for potential online offerings               committee

Goal 2: The District will use technology to facilitate parent participation in the academic preparation of students.
Objective 2.1: By September 2006, the district’s web site will be redesigned and maintained to support relevant curriculum support resources, and
current school, parent, and community information.
             Activity                 Responsible             Target        Estimated    Existing or Needed          Evidence/Measurement
                                       Person (s)         Completion           Cost      Funding/Resources
                                                               Date
Identify template-based web site             Standards                January 2006            Cost        Management Salaries      Standards committee minutes
generation system to assist in keeping all   Committee, ISS,        with yearly review     Embedded
district, site and teacher web site          NIS                       and revision       into existing
information current                                                   through 2011           District
                                                                                           Standards
                                                                                           Committee
                                                                                            Meeting
Work with the district webmaster to          ISS, directors of          July 2006          90,000.00      Title II Part D, EETT    Revised RUSD web site
ensure the redesign of the RUSD web site     elementary and         with yearly review      per year           Competitive,
is conducive to supporting the district      secondary                 and revision                            Instructional
instructional program and providing          education, NIS           through 2011                         Technology, K-12
increased access to students and parents                                                                   Voucher Program,
                                                                                                           Site funds, general
                                                                                                                   funds



                                                                                         39
Identify and implement template-based     District and site   July 2006 with            N/A         Title II Part D, EETT    Contracts, user accounts
web site management system that enables   web masters, ISS,   yearly review and                     Competitive,
seamless transmission of district-level   NIS                 revision through                      Instructional
data to the school web sites                                  2011                                  Technology, K-12
                                                                                                    Voucher Program,
                                                                                                    Site & general funds

Provide training to school web masters,   District and site   August 2006 with       40-80 hours     Title II Part D, EETT   My PDC records, time cards
administrators, district managers, and    web masters, ISS,   yearly review and      per site per         Competitive,
support staff                             ITSS, NIS            revision through         year for          Instructional
                                                                     2011             classroom       Technology, K-12
                                                                                        teacher       Voucher Program,
                                                                                     orientations     Site funds, general
                                                                                      as well as              funds
                                                                                      entry level
                                                                                     orientations
                                                                                    (1760-3520 x
                                                                                       $19.56 =
                                                                                     34,426.00 –
                                                                                     68,851.00)




Objective 2.2: The district will continue to propose and support initiatives to provide parent access to technology throughout the local community.
            Activity                     Responsible          Target            Estimated    Existing or Needed         Evidence/Measurement
                                          Person (s)       Completion             Cost       Funding/Resources
                                                               Date
Provide quarterly access to existing      NIS, ISS, ITSS      September 2006          4 parental     Title II Part D, EETT   Sign-in sheets, My PDC records
school site and NIS computer labs for     and TechLinks       with yearly review     orientations         Competitive,
parental use / orientations                                      and revision       at 2 existing         Instructional
                                                                through 2011        sites 2 hours     Technology, K-12
                                                                                        each.         Voucher Program,
                                                                                     (3 teachers      Site funds, general
                                                                                          per                 funds
                                                                                    orientation X
                                                                                    2 Hours = 24
                                                                                     X $19.56 =
                                                                                       500.00)



                                                                                   40
Provide an online portal for parents to   NIS, ITSS,              September              N/A                N/A             Electronic logs
electronically check students’            teachers, site        2006 with yearly
progress, attendance, and class           administrators           review and
assignments                                                     revision through
                                                                      2011
Maintain up-to-date information for       District and site       September              N/A        Title II Part D, EETT   District and school web site
parents on district and school web        webmasters, ITSS,     2006 with yearly                         Competitive,       monitoring
sites                                     site administrators      review and                            Instructional
                                                                revision through                     Technology, K-12
                                                                      2011                           Voucher Program,
                                                                                                     Site funds, general
                                                                                                             funds



Objective 2.3: By July 2006, RUSD will provide parental kiosks at selected sites throughout the district to support parent access to online resources.
            Activity                 Responsible            Target         Estimated     Existing or Needed                   Evidence/
                                       Person (s)         Completion           Cost      Funding/Resources                  Measurement
                                                             Date
Install thin client devices for parent    NIS, ISS, ISST,            January            76,000      Title II Part D, EETT   CTAP equipment survey
use at selected sites                     TechLinks             2006 with yearly                         Competitive,
                                                                   review and                            Instructional
                                                                revision through                     Technology, K-12
                                                                      2011                           Voucher Program,
                                                                                                     Site funds, general
                                                                                                             funds
Provide login information to parents      NIS, ISS, ISST,            March               Cost       Title II Part D, EETT   Electronic logs
and sites                                 TechLinks             2006 with yearly      Embedded           Competitive,
                                                                   review and        into back to        Instructional
                                                                revision through    school nights    Technology, K-12
                                                                      2011            and parent     Voucher Program,
                                                                                     orientations    Site funds, general
                                                                                     in objective            funds
                                                                                          2:2




                                                                                   41
Objective 2.4: Riverside Adult School will use our WEB site to maintain and support relevant classes for our adult/parent population and community.
Activity                           Responsible              Target        Estimated      Existing or Needed Evidence/
                                   Person (s)            Completion          Cost        Funding/Resources Measurement
                                                             Date
Provide online registration                Technology Com.           June 2007           N/A                   N/A               Enrollment
                                           Leadership Team
Update and revise Web site                 Administration,       Ongoing update          N/A                   N/A               Enhanced promotion of programs
                                           Technology               weekly                                                       and events improved enrollment
                                           Committee
Evaluate community interest in RAS         Administration,       Review weekly           N/A              More consistent        Quarterly report
programs                                   Technology                                                utilization or evaluation
                                           Committee                                                           forms




Goal 3: The District will support and provide for online teacher collaboration initiatives that facilitate the development of and 24-hour
access to standards-based assessments, lesson plans, and curriculum resources.

Objective 3.1: By July 2006, the district will support a centralized method of housing grade-level and curriculum-specific digital content in support of
the instructional program of the schools.
              Activity                     Responsible              Target       Estimated     Existing or Needed        Evidence/Measurement
                                            Person (s)            Completion        Cost       Funding/Resources
                                                                     Date
Create a committee to identify,            Directors of Elementary      September           Monthly       Title II Part D, EETT      Meeting agendas, meeting
create, and approve grade-level and        / Secondary Education         2005 with       department            Competitive,          minutes, inventory of digital
curriculum-specific digital content that   DE/SE, ISS, curriculum      yearly review    chair, iTree &         Instructional         resources
will be made available to teachers,        committees, site             and revision         EETT          Technology, K-12
parents, and students                      administration              through 2011      Competitive       Voucher Program,
                                                                                         participating     Site funds, general
                                                                                        teachers (45               funds
                                                                                          teachers 2
                                                                                             days
                                                                                          curriculum
                                                                                        development
                                                                                        off-track time
                                                                                           annually)
                                                                                           $85,000



                                                                                   42
Provide network-based electronic           NIS, ISS                   January 2006        $50,000       Title II Part D, EETT   Equipment inventories, access
storage of sufficient size to house a                                   with yearly                          Competitive,       licenses
variety of digital resources including                                 review and                            Instructional
video and audio                                                          revision                        Technology, K-12
                                                                      through 2011                       Voucher Program,
                                                                                                        Site & general funds
Provide access to digital resources to     NIS, ISS, ITSS, District    March 2006           N/A         Title II Part D, EETT   Web site and/or network
staff and students from school and         and Site Webmaster           with yearly                          Competitive,       storage container, log-in data,
home                                                                   review and                            Instructional      traffic statistics
                                                                         revision                        Technology, K-12
                                                                      through 2011                       Voucher Program,
                                                                                                         Site funds, general
                                                                                                                 funds

Objective 3.2: By July 2007, the district will provide teachers with anywhere, anytime access to electronic resources that support curriculum
development and standards-aligned resources in each content area.
            Activity                       Responsible              Target      Estimated      Existing or Needed       Evidence/Measurement
                                            Person (s)          Completion          Cost      Funding/Resources
                                                                     Date
Provide a secure teacher portal that       NIS, IT                        July              N/A         Title II Part D, EETT   Electronic Logs/URL’s
allows for teacher access to all digital                                  2007                               Competitive,
resources from school and home                                                                               Instructional
                                                                                                         Technology, K-12
                                                                                                         Voucher Program,
                                                                                                         Site funds, general
                                                                                                                 funds
Provide staff development on how to        ISS, ITSS, TechLinks        September         Embedded       Title II Part D, EETT   MyPDC, Time Cards
access these resources using the                                         2007           into existing        Competitive,
Internet                                                                                   salaries          Instructional
                                                                                                         Technology, K-12
                                                                                                         Voucher Program,
                                                                                                         Site funds, general
                                                                                                                 funds




                                                                                   43
Objective 3.3: By June 2006 Riverside Adult School will have access to adult education online resources and will be online users of the Outreach
and Technical Assistance Network (OTAN).
Activity                           Responsible             Target        Estimated      Existing or Needed Evidence/
                                   Person (s)            Completion          Cost       Funding/Resources Measurement
                                                            Date
Staff development workshop               Administration                 Staff            N/A                  N/A              Meeting agendas and sign in
                                                                    Development,                                               sheets and minutes
                                                                    Departmental
                                                                        mtg.



Goal 4: The district will utilize student achievement data from standardized testing, district benchmark exams, and department or grade-
level common assessments to refine curriculum and instruction.

Objective 4.1: The district will continue to support a software platform that facilitates data-driven decision-making via the desegregation of student
achievement data.
            Activity                        Responsible            Target          Estimated       Existing or Needed       Evidence/Measurement
                                             Person (s)         Completion             Cost        Funding/Resources
                                                                     Date
Utilize district, site, and classroom    Dept. of Educational          July 2005 with    250,000 Per        EETT Formula            Electronic logs, contracts,
level achievement results to support a   Accountability (DEA),          yearly review       Year         Funding, Title II Part D   meeting minutes, staff
data-driven decision making model        Directors of Elementary        and revision                                                development course outlines
                                         and Secondary                 through 2011
                                         Education (DE/SE),
                                         Instructional Services
                                         Specialists (ISS), staff
                                         developers (SD)
Provide staff development in the use     ISS, ISST, TechLinks,         July 2005 with   Cost absorbed     Title II Part D, EETT     MyPDC, staff meeting minutes,
of data-management software              SD                             yearly review    into existing         Competitive,         time cards
                                                                        and revision         ISS,              Instructional
                                                                       through 2011      Department        Technology, K-12
                                                                                          Chair and        Voucher Program,
                                                                                        Departmental       Site funds, general
                                                                                           meetings                funds




                                                                                   44
Provide staff development in using       DEA, DE/SE, ISS, SD     July 2005 with   Cost absorbed     Title II Part D, EETT     MyPDC, staff meeting minutes,
achievement data to direct the                                    yearly review    into existing         Competitive,         time cards
instructional program of the school                               and revision         ISS,              Instructional
                                                                 through 2011      Department        Technology, K-12
                                                                                    Chair and        Voucher Program,
                                                                                  Departmental       Site funds, general
                                                                                     meetings                funds



Objective 4.2: By July 2007, the district will identify an item bank of assessment questions, modeled after the CST, that is grade-level and curriculum-
specific for core subjects.
               Activity                    Responsible              Target       Estimated     Existing or Needed       Evidence/Measurement
                                            Person (s)            Completion        Cost       Funding/Resources
                                                                     Date
Provide access to a state-adopted        DEA, DE/SE, ISS, NIS    July 2005 with        N/A            EETT Formula            Electronic logs, contracts,
and standards-aligned item bank of                                yearly review                    Funding, Title II Part D   meeting minutes, staff
assessment questions that can be                                  and revision                                                development course outlines
used for district, site, and classroom                           through 2011
assessments
Provide staff development in the use     ISS, ISST, TechLinks,   July 2005 with   Cost absorbed     Title II Part D, EETT     MyPDC, staff meeting minutes,
of the above references item bank        SD                       yearly review    into existing         Competitive,         time cards
                                                                  and revision         ISS,              Instructional
                                                                 through 2011      Department        Technology, K-12
                                                                                    Chair and        Voucher Program,
                                                                                  Departmental       Site funds, general
                                                                                     meetings                funds
Provide staff development in how to      DEA, DE/SE, ISS, SD,    July 2005 with   Cost absorbed     Title II Part D, EETT     MyPDC, staff meeting minutes,
design and measure the validity of       site administrators      yearly review    into existing         Competitive,         time cards
high-quality assessments tools                                    and revision         ISS,              Instructional
                                                                 through 2011      Department        Technology, K-12
                                                                                    Chair and        Voucher Program,
                                                                                  Departmental       Site funds, general
                                                                                     meetings                funds




                                                                             45
Objective 4.3: Riverside Adult School will upgrade and develop new curriculum instruction for programs based on community/student needs and
state requirements.
Utilize State and Federal TOPSPro         231 Grant           Annually           N/A                 N/A            TOPSPro Accountability reports
Accountability reports to target          Manager
curriculum development                    Accountability
                                          administrator



Instructional Technology – Professional Development

Goal 5: Instructional staff will be provided ongoing staff development to achieve proficiency with classroom implementation of technology
and to develop skills for matching technology resources to content standards and benchmarks.

Objective 5.1: By July 2008, instructional services specialists and site instructional technology support specialists will provide leadership, staff
development, and facilitate implementation of the RUSD technology plan.
            Activity                     Responsible              Target          Estimated      Existing or Needed         Evidence/Measurement
                                            Person(s)           Completion           Cost       Funding/Resources
                                                                   Date
Provide a “train the trainers” model of   ISS                  July 2008 with       N/A         Funding for proposed    Participant Evaluations
professional development for the                               yearly review                      ITSS from EETT        Flyers, brochures;
ITSS                                                           and revision                        Formula, EETT        Web site enrollment
                                                               as needed                          Competitive, K-12
                                                                                                Voucher Program, site
                                                                                                 or general fund for
                                                                                                      salaries
Provide site-level professional           ISS, ITSS, site      July 2008 with       N/A         Funding for proposed    Teacher surveys and/or CTAP2.
development determined by teacher         administration       yearly review                      ITSS from EETT
identified needs and/or the annual                             and revision                        Formula, EETT
CTAP2 survey                                                   as needed                          Competitive, K-12
                                                                                                Voucher Program, site
                                                                                                 or general fund for
                                                                                                      salaries




                                                                            46
Objective 5.2: Instructional staff will continue to be informed of and provided access to a comprehensive staff development program that supports the
effective use of technology within the instructional program.
              Activity                       Responsible            Target       Estimated     Existing or Needed       Evidence/Measurement
                                              Person (s)         Completion         Cost       Funding/Resources
                                                                     Date
Provide training for staff developers,   Instructional Services     June 2009              Quarterly               N/A             Training rosters, course
managers, and administrators in          Specialists (ISS),         with yearly           workshops,                               registration records
evaluating the effective use of          Instructional Technology   review and          cost included
technology                               Support Specialists        revision as        within existing
                                         (ITSS)                       needed                Salaries
Develop components within school         ISS, ITSS, TechLinks,      June 2009           Bi-annual site    Title II Part D, EETT    Meeting agendas, meeting
Technology Use Plans that describe       Site technology            with yearly        level meetings          Competitive,        minutes,
site steps towards implementing this     committees, designated     review and         For a total of 4        Instructional
section of the 2006 – 2011 RUSD          site administrators        revision as            hours per       Technology, K-12
Technology Use Plan                                                   needed           person per site     Voucher Program,
                                                                                        (average of 4      Site funds, general
                                                                                         per site) per             funds
                                                                                              year
                                                                                        (704 x $19.56
                                                                                         = 13,770.00)
Provide high-quality teacher training    ISS, ITSS, TechLinks,      June 2008            40-80 hours      Title II Part D, EETT    Course registrations, meeting
in the effective use of instructional    staff developers (SD)      with yearly           per site per         Competitive,        agendas, meeting minutes,
technology                                                          review and              year for           Instructional       training rosters
                                                                    revision as            classroom       Technology, K-12
                                                                      needed                  level        Voucher Program,
                                                                                       orientations as     Site funds, general
                                                                                         well as entry             funds
                                                                                              level
                                                                                          orientations
                                                                                        (1760-3520 x
                                                                                            $19.56 =
                                                                                         34,426.00 –
                                                                                          68,851.00)
Evaluate the effectiveness of teacher    Site administrators        June 2009                 Cost         Title II Part D, EETT   Administrator action plans,
use of technology as an integrated                                  with yearly          embedded in            Competitive,       classroom observations, teacher
component of high-quality, initial                                  review and              existing      Instructional Tech, K-   lesson plans
instruction within the core curriculum                              revision as            evaluation     12 Voucher Program,
                                                                      needed                process        Site & general funds



                                                                                  47
Objective 5.3: By July 2007, RUSD will adopt technology standards for teachers and administrators.
            Activity                    Responsible           Target        Estimated      Existing or Needed                  Evidence/Measurement
                                         Person (s)         Completion         Cost       Funding/Resources
                                                               Date
Utilize the RUSD Technology and           ISS, ITSS, TechLinks,    July 2006 with      Cost          Title II Part D, EETT   Meeting agendas
Information Literacy Standards for        Library Media Teachers    yearly review   Embedded in           Competitive,       Staff development agendas
Students to inform instructional          (LMT) and Clerks          and revision       5.5                Instructional      Resource materials
practices within the core curriculum at   (LMC), teachers, staff     as needed                        Technology, K-12
all grade levels                          developers                                                  Voucher Program,
                                                                                                      Site funds, general
                                                                                                              funds
Identify Educational Technology           ISS, ITSS, TechLinks     July 2006 with      Monthly       Title II Part D, EETT   Meeting agendas
Standards for Teachers that are in                                  yearly review    department           Competitive,       Staff development agendas
line with BTSA Standard 16 of SB                                    and revision    chair, iTree &        Instructional      Resource materials
2042 and the RUSD Standards for                                      as needed          EETT          Technology, K-12
the Teaching Profession                                                              Competitive      Voucher Program,
                                                                                     participating    Site funds, general
                                                                                     teachers (6              funds
                                                                                    per site X 10
                                                                                       monthly
                                                                                    meetings of 2
                                                                                        hours)
                                                                                       (5280 X
                                                                                      $19.56 =
                                                                                     103,277.00)
Adopt RUSD Educational Technology         ISS, School Board        July 2007 with         N/A                N/A             Adopted document, board
Standards for Teachers                                              yearly review                                            minutes
                                                                    and revision
                                                                     as needed
Adopt RUSD Educational Technology         ISS, School Board        July 2007 with        N/A                 N/A             Adopted document, board
Standards for Administrators                                        yearly review                                            minutes
                                                                    and revision
                                                                     as needed




                                                                               48
Objective 5.4: By July 2007, teachers will be supported with access to online learning opportunities and course management software that is
accessible from school and from home.
              Activity                   Responsible            Target          Estimated     Existing or Needed     Evidence/Measurement
                                           Person (s)         Completion          Cost        Funding/Resources
                                                                 Date
Provide teachers with access to an        ISS, Network Services      July 2006 with        N/A          Title II Part D, EETT
online repository of tutorials that are   (NIS)                       yearly review                          Competitive,
available from school or home                                         and revision                           Instructional
                                                                       as needed                         Technology, K-12
                                                                                                         Voucher Program,
                                                                                                         Site funds, general
                                                                                                                 funds
Provide training to staff developers      ISS, ITSS, SD              July 2006 with      Quarterly      Title II Part D, EETT   Meeting Rosters
and managers in the use of online                                     yearly review     workshops,           Competitive,       Online SD Registration
training formats                                                      and revision     cost included         Instructional      Surveys
                                                                       as needed      within Salaries    Technology, K-12
                                                                                        $75,000 per      Voucher Program,
                                                                                      year for online    Site funds, general
                                                                                         resources               funds

Train and equip staff developers to       ISS, ITSS, SD              July 2007 with      Quarterly      Title II Part D, EETT
teach general and site-specific online                                yearly review    workshops,            Competitive,
courses                                                               and revision    cost included          Instructional
                                                                       as needed      within Salaries    Technology, K-12
                                                                                                         Voucher Program,
                                                                                                         Site funds, general
                                                                                                                 funds
Provide teachers access to general        ISS, ITSS, NIS, site and   July 2007 with     Estimated       Title II Part D, EETT   District Website, specific online
and site-specific online courses          district webmasters, SD     yearly review     initial cost         Competitive,       content
                                                                      and revision    $100,000 with          Instructional
                                                                       as needed      ongoing costs      Technology, K-12
                                                                                       per course        Voucher Program,
                                                                                                         Site funds, general
                                                                                                                 funds




                                                                                 49
Objective 5.5: By July 2007, all school sites will have access to an onsite Instructional Technology Support Specialists (ITSS)
            Activity                      Responsible              Target         Estimated     Existing or Needed       Evidence/Measurement
                                            Person (s)          Completion           Cost            Funding/
                                                                    Date                            Resources
Provide sites with access to an           Site Principal    July 2007 with      Estimated cost    Funding for proposed     Employee Records
Instructional Technology Support                             yearly review      1.5 million (15     ITSS from EETT
Specialist (full-time for High Schools,                      and revision        positions at        Formula, EETT
half-time for Middle Schools, and                             as needed         100,000 each)       Competitive, K-12
shared with elementary schools at                                                                 Voucher Program, site
each cluster)                                                                                      or general fund for
                                                                                                        salaries

Train ITSS personnel as site /            ISS               July 2007 with           N/A          Funding for proposed     Surveys
cluster-based technology integration                         yearly review                           ITSS from EETT        Administrator evaluation
specialists                                                  and revision                             Formula, EETT
                                                              as needed                             Competitive, K-12
                                                                                                  Voucher Program, site
                                                                                                    or general fund for
                                                                                                         salaries
Provide on-site staff development for     ISS, ITSS, site    June 2007               N/A          Funding for proposed     Surveys
teachers                                  administration     with yearly                             ITSS from EETT        Administrator evaluation
                                                             review and                               Formula, EETT
                                                             revision as                            Competitive, K-12
                                                               needed                             Voucher Program, site
                                                                                                    or general fund for
                                                                                                         salaries
Coordinate decision-making                NIS, ITSS, site   July 2007 with           N/A          Funding for proposed     Surveys
regarding the technology needs            administration     yearly review                           ITSS from EETT        Administrator evaluation
between the sites and the help desk                          and revision                             Formula, EETT
                                                              as needed                             Competitive, K-12
                                                                                                  Voucher Program, site
                                                                                                    or general fund for
                                                                                                         salaries
Manage and maintain site level            ITSS              July 2007 with           N/A             ITSS from EETT        Surveys
databases for teacher and student                            yearly review                            Formula, EETT        Administrator evaluation
programs, including student accounts                         and revision                           Competitive, K-12
and student file storage                                      as needed                           Voucher Prog, site or
                                                                                                   gen fund for salaries



                                                                           50
Maintain site-specific technology       ITSS                        July 2007 with   N/A       Funding for proposed    Surveys
inventories and monitor computer                                     yearly review               ITSS from EETT        Administrator evaluation
imaging needs                                                        and revision                 Formula, EETT
                                                                      as needed                  Competitive, K-12
                                                                                               Voucher Program, site
                                                                                                or general fund for
                                                                                                     salaries
Communicate technology-related          ITSS                        July 2008 with   N/A       Funding for proposed    Surveys
news on a regular basis                                              yearly review               ITSS from EETT        Administrator evaluation
                                                                     and revision                 Formula, EETT
                                                                      as needed                  Competitive, K-12
                                                                                               Voucher Program, site
                                                                                                or general fund for
                                                                                                     salaries
Provide a mechanism for supporting      ISS, NIS, ITSS              July 2008 with   N/A       Funding for proposed    Surveys
communication between the NIS, ISS,                                  yearly review               ITSS from EETT        Administrator evaluation
ITSS, and NIS                                                        and revision                 Formula, EETT
                                                                      as needed                  Competitive, K-12
                                                                                               Voucher Program, site
                                                                                                or general fund for
                                                                                                     salaries
Provide relevant and consistent input   ITSS, site administration   July 2009 with   N/A       Funding for proposed    Staff responses
regarding technology to site                                         yearly review               ITSS from EETT        Administrator evaluation
leadership teams, school site                                        and revision                 Formula, EETT
councils, and site technology                                         as needed                  Competitive, K-12
committee                                                                                      Voucher Program, site
                                                                                                or general fund for
                                                                                                     salaries

Objective 5.6: By June 2006 all adult education teachers will participate in staff development activities to prepare them for technology use in the
classroom.
Activity                           Responsible                  Target          Estimated      Existing or Needed Evidence/Measurement
                                   Person (s)                 Completion            Cost             Funding/
                                                                  Date                              Resources
Staff development workshop              Administration              Staff Dev Day,   N/A                N/A            Meeting agendas and sign in
                                                                       Monthly                                         sheets and minutes
                                                                    Departmental
                                                                      meetings



                                                                                51
RAS staff will access the developing     District NIS staff,          July 2007             N/A                    N/A             Online Resource
online resources currently in            Instructional Technology
development within the district




Instructional Technology – Integration in the Curriculum and Student Use of Technology

Goal 6: The district will establish minimum technology hardware and software standards to support instructional technology resource
procurement.

Objective 6.1: School sites will continue to adhere to established RUSD specification standards for computer hardware, peripherals, and software.
            Activity                      Responsible             Target      Estimated      Existing or Needed      Evidence/Measurement
                                            Person (s)          Completion       Cost        Funding/Resources
                                                                   Date
Identify the most efficient and cost     District standards         July 2005 with           Cost         District General Funds   Standards committee minutes
effective hardware, software, and        committee (SC)              yearly review     embedded into
peripheral devices as standards for                                  and revision           existing
the district technology purchases                                   through 2011        management
                                                                                           salaries
Communicate district standards and       SC, district webmaster     July 2005 with         Quarterly       Title II Part D, EETT   Standards committee minutes,
costs via the district web site                                      yearly review        uploads of            Competitive,       district web site
                                                                     and revision         committee             Instructional
                                                                    through 2011         decisions to       Technology, K-12
                                                                                          web page,         Voucher Program,
                                                                                        cost included       Site funds, general
                                                                                        in district web             funds
                                                                                        master salary
Insure that sites are aware of the       NIS, SC, business office   July 2005 with       Approximate       Title II Part D, EETT   Mailers, meeting agendas /
reasoning and justification behind the   (BO), ISS, ITSS             yearly review       cost 10,000            Competitive,       minutes
standardizing of district technologies                               and revision        per year for           Instructional
                                                                    through 2011           quarterly        Technology, K-12
                                                                                         newsletters        Voucher Program,
                                                                                                            Site funds, general
                                                                                                                    funds



                                                                                  52
Provide process through which site       Technology Integration     July 2005 with     Quarterly        District/Site General   Standards committee minutes,
and district managers can initiate the   Committee, SC, BO, site     yearly review    Meetings at               Funds           mailers, review documentation
review and approval process for new      administrators              and revision         the
or emergent technologies                                            through 2011     management
                                                                                       level cost
                                                                                      included in
                                                                                         salary
Ensure that purchasing decisions are     BO, NIS, ISS, ITSS, site   July 2005 with        Cost         District General Funds   One Source records,
in alignment with RUSD standards         administrators              yearly review   embedded in                                requisitions
                                                                     and revision     purchasing
                                                                    through 2011        salaries



Objective 6.2: The district will continue to establish collaborative partnerships with the business community and institutions of higher learning.
            Activity                        Responsible             Target        Estimated      Existing or Needed       Evidence/Measurement
                                             Person (s)           Completion          Cost       Funding/Resources
                                                                     Date
Develop list of institutions of higher   ISS, site administrators   January 2006        Cost           District General Funds   List posted on web site
education and community businesses                                    with yearly    embedded in
to which RUSD students transition                                    review and      management
following graduation                                                   revision        salaries
                                                                    through 2011
Survey IHE and business partners as      ISS                         March 2006      Estimated cost     Title II Part D, EETT   Minutes, survey results
to what skills are necessary for entry                                with yearly      $5000 for             Competitive,
                                                                     review and       mailers and            Instructional
                                                                       revision        follow up         Technology, K-12
                                                                    through 2011                         Voucher Program,
                                                                                                         Site funds, general
                                                                                                                 funds
Adapt student and teacher technology     ISS, ITSS, TechLinks        September       3 teachers per     Title II Part D, EETT   Revised technology use
use standards to align with survey                                    2006 with       site, 5 2 hour         Competitive,       standards, revised course
results                                                             yearly review        meetings            Instructional      outlines
                                                                     and revision    during years 2      Technology, K-12
                                                                    through 2011       and 3 of the      Voucher Program,
                                                                                     plan = $37,449      Site funds, general
                                                                                         per year                funds




                                                                                53
Objective 6.3: The district will continue to pilot model technology initiatives that aim to verify the effectiveness of emergent technologies before they
are integrated into use within the general instructional program.
             Activity                       Responsible            Target           Estimated       Existing or Needed              Evidence/
                                             Person (s)          Completion            Cost         Funding/Resources             Measurement
                                                                     Date
Develop procedures for proposing,        SC, ISS, Technology        January 2006        Cost            District/Site General   Meeting minutes, pilot
implementing, and evaluating model       Integration Committee        with yearly    embedded in                Funds           proposals
instructional technology pilot           (TIC)(see objective 1.7)     review and     management
programs within the RUSD                                                revision       salaries
                                                                    through 2011
Identify appropriate school sites for    SC, TIC, ISS               July 2005 with        Cost          District/Site General   Meeting minutes
piloting instructional technology                                    yearly review   embedded in                Funds
initiatives                                                          and revision    management
                                                                    through 2011        salaries
Implement effective pilot programs to    SC, TIC, ISS               July 2005 with   Cost will vary    Measure B funds, Title   Pilot planning documents,
ensure the effectiveness of specific                                 yearly review   depending on          II Part D, EETT      meeting minutes, evaluation
technology applications                                              and revision     the size and           Competitive,       tools, requisitions, work orders
                                                                    through 2011      scope of the            Instructional
                                                                                          pilot          Technology, K-12
                                                                                                         Voucher Program,
                                                                                                        Site & general funds
Review pilot programs and                SC, TIC, ISS               July 2005 with      Cost            District/Site General   Meeting minutes, pilot
recommend strategies for moving                                      yearly review   embedded in                 Funds          evaluation tools
pilot initiatives into the general                                   and revision    management
instructional program                                               through 2011       salaries



Objective 6.4: The district will continue to pursue the placement of permanent or portable general purpose computer labs that are accessible to all
students at each school site.
             Activity                       Responsible           Target       Estimated      Existing or Needed      Evidence/Measurement
                                             Person (s)        Completion         Cost        Funding/Resources
                                                                   Date
Identify locations of current fixed or   NIS, ISS, site              September        Cost included     Title II Part D, EETT   Principal meeting minutes,
portable general use computer labs at    administrators               2006 with         in yearly        Voucher Program,       school survey
each school site                                                    yearly review    inventory (1:4)     Site funds, general
                                                                     and revision                                funds
                                                                    through 2011



                                                                                54
Determine locations for additional        NIS, ISS, site           September         Embedded        Title II Part D, EETT   Meeting minutes, board
labs within RUSD in support of equal      administrators            2006 with       into existing         Competitive,       minutes
access objectives                                                 yearly review        salaries           Instructional
                                                                   and revision                       Technology, K-12
                                                                  through 2011                        Voucher Program,
                                                                                                      Site funds, general
                                                                                                              funds
Identify funding to provide equipment     BO, cabinet, NIS, ISS     June 2008         Research       Title II Part D, EETT   Board minutes
and networking at sites that do not                                 with yearly    grants, private        Competitive,
have a general use lab                                             review and          funding,           Instructional
                                                                     revision        leasing etc      Technology, K-12
                                                                  through 2011                        Voucher Program,
                                                                                                      Site funds, general
                                                                                                              funds
Install general use labs (fixed or        NIS, ISS, site          July 2009 with   2,500,000.00      Title II Part D, EETT   Requisitions, work orders
portable) the above referenced sites      administrators           yearly review                          Competitive,
                                                                   and revision                           Instructional
                                                                  through 2011                        Technology, K-12
                                                                                                      Voucher Program,
                                                                                                      Site funds, general
                                                                                                              funds
Provide training and support for site     NIS, ISS, ITSS,         July 2009 with     40-80 hours     Title II Part D, EETT   MyPDC records, staff meeting
staff in effective use of computer labs   TechLinks, site          yearly review     per site per         Competitive,       agendas
that extend beyond the school day         administrators           and revision        year for           Instructional
                                                                  through 2011        classroom       Technology, K-12
                                                                                         level        Voucher Program,
                                                                                   orientations as    Site funds, general
                                                                                    well as entry             funds
                                                                                         level
                                                                                     orientations
                                                                                   (3520 x $19.56
                                                                                     = $68,851)




                                                                              55
Objective 6.5: School sites will maintain a one-to-one computer ratio for instructional staff that meets current minimum RUSD standards.
            Activity                      Responsible           Target           Estimated        Existing or Needed     Evidence/Measurement
                                           Person (s)        Completion             Cost         Funding/Resources
                                                                 Date
Assess current RUSD instructional     ISS, ITSS, TechLinks     September        Cost included    Title II Part D, EETT   Completed CTAP equipment
staff-to-computer ratio                                         2006 with         in yearly           Competitive,       surveys
                                                              yearly review    inventory (1:4)        Instructional
                                                               and revision                       Technology, K-12
                                                              through 2011                        Voucher Program,
                                                                                                  Site funds, general
                                                                                                          funds
Identify the job-specific equipment   ISS, SC                   June 2006        Embedded        Title II Part D, EETT   Model classroom designs, ISS
needs of each type of instructional                             with yearly     into existing         Competitive,       recommendations based on
staff position                                                 review and          salaries           Instructional      grade level or curriculum level
                                                                 revision                         Technology, K-12
                                                              through 2011                        Voucher Program,
                                                                                                  Site funds, general
                                                                                                          funds
Train staff in the effective use of   ISS, ITSS, TechLinks,     June 2006        40-80 hours     Title II Part D, EETT   MyPDC records, staff meeting
specific devices within the           staff developers          with yearly      per site per         Competitive,       agendas
instructional program of the school                            review and          year for           Instructional
                                                                 revision         classroom       Technology, K-12
                                                              through 2011           level        Voucher Program,
                                                                               orientations as    Site funds, general
                                                                                well as entry             funds
                                                                                     level
                                                                                 orientations
                                                                               (3520 x $19.56
                                                                                  = 68,851)




                                                                          56
Objective 6.6: By July 2006, the district will adopt common software platforms for management of attendance and grading aligned to the instructional
program of the schools.
             Activity                      Responsible           Target        Estimated   Existing or Needed       Evidence/Measurement
                                            Person (s)        Completion           Cost    Funding/Resources
                                                                  Date
Identify network based grading and      NIS, SC, ISS             July 2005 with        Cost         Title II Part D, EETT   Meeting minutes,
attendance program that can be                                    yearly review     dependent            Competitive,       documentation from proposed
implemented district wide.                                        and revision      upon ADA             Instructional      programs
                                                                 through 2011     estimated cost     Technology, K-12
                                                                                   150,000.00        Voucher Program,
                                                                                                     Site funds, general
                                                                                                             funds
Pilot identified programs at specific   ISS, ISST, E/SED, site   July 2005 with   Cost will vary    Title II Part D, EETT   Evaluation surveys at piloted
sites                                   administrators            yearly review   depending on           Competitive,       sites, requisitions, work orders
                                                                  and revision     the size and          Instructional
                                                                 through 2011      scope of the      Technology, K-12
                                                                                       pilot         Voucher Program,
                                                                                                     Site funds, general
                                                                                                             funds
Implement district wide use of          NIS, ISS, ISST, E/SED,   July 2006 with    Cost will vary   Title II Part D, EETT   ISS, ISST & TechLink reports,
selected programs                       TechLinks, teachers,      yearly review       and be             Competitive,       requisitions, work orders
                                        site administrators       and revision    embedded into          Instructional
                                                                 through 2011        selected        Technology, K-12
                                                                                  program costs      Voucher Program,
                                                                                                     Site funds, general
                                                                                                             funds
Provide staff development on grading    ISS, ISST, TechLinks,    July 2006 with    Cost will vary   Title II Part D, EETT   MyPDC, Time Cards
and attendance programs                 site administrators       yearly review       and be             Competitive,
                                                                  and revision    embedded into          Instructional
                                                                 through 2011        selected        Technology, K-12
                                                                                  program costs      Voucher Program,
                                                                                                     Site funds, general
                                                                                                             funds




                                                                             57
Objective 6.7: By July 2008, students and teachers will have equitable access to technology hardware and software at their school / work location
that is in line with the baseline recommendations for classrooms at each grade level established by the RUSD standards committee.
                Activity                  Responsible            Target        Estimated       Existing or Needed    Evidence/Measurement
                                           Person (s)          Completion         Cost        Funding/Resources
                                                                  Date
Establish baseline technology levels    SC, ISS, E/SED         January 2006         Monthly       Title II Part D, EETT   Meeting minutes, standards
for classrooms at each grade and/or                              with yearly      department           Competitive,       documents
curriculum area                                                 review and       chair, iTree &        Instructional
                                                                  revision            EETT         Technology, K-12
                                                               through 2011       Competitive      Voucher Program,
                                                                                  participating    Site funds, general
                                                                                  teachers (6              funds
                                                                                 per site X 10
                                                                                    monthly
                                                                                 meetings of 2
                                                                                     hours)
                                                                                    (5280 X
                                                                                   $25.00 =
                                                                                   132,000)
Inventory existing technology           ISS, ITSS, TechLinks    September        Cost included    Title II Part D, EETT   CTAP equipment surveys
currently in classrooms at each site                             2006 with          in yearly          Competitive,
                                                               yearly review    inventory (1:4)        Instructional
                                                                and revision                       Technology, K-12
                                                               through 2011                        Voucher Program,
                                                                                                   Site funds, general
                                                                                                           funds
Establish current student-to-computer   ISS, ITSS, TechLinks    March 2006       Cost included    Title II Part D, EETT   CTAP equipment surveys
ratio at each site                                               with yearly       in yearly           Competitive,
                                                                review and      inventory (1:4)        Instructional
                                                                  revision                         Technology, K-12
                                                               through 2011                        Voucher Program,
                                                                                                   Site funds, general
                                                                                                           funds




                                                                           58
Secure necessary equipment to bring        Cabinet, NIS, BO, site   July 2008 with    Cost will vary   Title II Part D, EETT   CTAP equipment surveys,
each classroom to standardized level       administrators            yearly review      based on            Competitive,       requisitions, work orders
in support of equal access objectives                                and revision        needs              Instructional
                                                                    through 2011      assessments       Technology, K-12
                                                                                     but every new      Voucher Program,
                                                                                     or refurbished     Site funds, general
                                                                                       classroom                funds
                                                                                     should include
                                                                                     the cost of the
                                                                                      equipment in
                                                                                      construction
                                                                                          funds

Objective 6.8: By July, 2006, the RUSD standards committee will identify recommendations for instructional technology in classrooms at each grade
level and/or curriculum area that are aligned with the RUSD student technology use and information literacy skill standards for use in guiding
technology purchases and support.
              Activity                     Responsible          Target        Estimated      Existing or Needed         Evidence/Measurement
                                            Person (s)        Completion         Cost       Funding/Resources
                                                                 Date
Establish recommendations for              TIC, SC, ISS, E/SED      Jan.2006 with          Cost        District/Site General   Meeting Minutes
instructional technology tools that                                  yearly review   embedded into             Funds
should be present in classroom for                                   and revision     management
each grade and/or curriculum area                                   through 2011         salaries
Incorporate cost of identified baseline    Board, cabinet, BO,      July 2007 with    Cost will vary   Construction funds,     CTAP Equipment Surveys,
level of instructional technology within   Maintenance &             yearly review      based on       Title II Part D, EETT   requisitions, work orders
the construction budget of any new         Operations                and revision         needs             Competitive,
classroom                                                           through 2011      assessments           Instructional
                                                                                     but every new      Technology, K-12
                                                                                     or refurbished     Voucher Program,
                                                                                       classroom        Site funds, general
                                                                                     should include             funds
                                                                                     the cost of the
                                                                                      equipment in
                                                                                      construction
                                                                                          funds




                                                                                59
Objective 6.9: Riverside Adult School will improve onsite technical support for current software programs/hardware, update as appropriate and
feasible.
Ongoing Staff dev for troubleshooting   Technology Committee        Ongoing          N/A            District/Site General    Sign in sheets and agendas
techniques                                                          bimonthly                               Funds



Administrative Technology – Administrative Software for Efficient District Operations

Goal 7: The District will implement technology that will supply appropriate staff with non-redundant, accurate, and timely information.
This information will be used to make informed decisions in all administrative areas.


Objective 7.1: Identify redundant databases and consolidate into one data access portal to draw from various databases
         Activity                Responsible         Target        Estimated    Existing or Needed             Evidence/Measurement
                                   Persons        Completion         Cost       Funding/Resources
                                                      Date
Identify redundant databases     All Division          July 2007       N/A           N/A                         All divisions supply a list of databases or
                                 Heads                                                                           indicate there are none
Identify redundant data items    NIS application       March 2008      N/A           N/A                         Data dictionary
                                 development staff
Identify data warehouse          NIS management        June 2008       $100,000      General Fund                Data warehouse application
product or develop in house      and NIS application
                                 development
Design data interface to draw    NIS application       January 2009    N/A           N/A                         Completed design documents
from data warehouse              development staff
Develop and test data access     NIS application       March 2009      N/A           N/A                         Successful test of interface
interface                        development staff

Implement data warehouse         NIS application       April 2009      N/A           N/A                         Data access portal available for use on
interface “portal”               development staff                                                               RUSD Intranet
Staff training                   NIS application       July 2010       N/A           N/A                         All appropriate district staff trained
                                 development




                                                                                60
Objective 7.2: Implement central registration to facilitate student enrollment, transfers, busing and food service data input
         Activity               Responsible               Target      Estimated       Existing or Needed            Evidence/Measurement
                                   Persons            Completion          Cost       Funding/Resources
                                                           Date
Outfit facility                    Facilities/NIS        Sept. 2005     N/A            General Funds               Completed facility
                                   Networking
Develop workflow procedures        Pupil Services        January 2006   N/A            N/A                         Procedures document
                                   Director
Develop Web based central          NIS application       March 2006     N/A            N/A                         Automation tools available online
registration Applications to       development staff
support work flow procedures       and Pupil Services
                                   staff
Move appropriate staff into        Maintenance and       May 2006       $1,025,000     General Fund                Staff housed at central registration site
facility                           Operations - KM
Train central registration staff   Pupil Services        April 2006     N/A            N/A                         All central registration staff are trained
Implement central registration     Instruction and       June 2006      N/A            N/A                         Registration handled centrally for K-8
                                   Business Services

Objective 7.3: Provide all teachers online access to student records
         Activity                Responsible            Target      Estimated          Existing or Needed                  Evidence/Measurement
                                    Persons         Completion        Cost             Funding/Resources
                                                         Date
Provide teacher workstations –     Site administration   Sept 2006      $600,000 per   Title I,II, SIP, Grants,    All teachers have access to a workstation
300 per year                                                            year           Site based gen. funds
Install appropriate student info   NIS Help              Sept 2006      N/A            N/A                         All teacher workstations have online
software                           Desk/automation                                                                 access to student records
Provide teacher workstations –     Site administration   Sept 2007      $600,000 per   Title I,II, SIP, Grants –   All teachers have access to a workstation
300 per year                                                            year           Site based general
                                                                                       funds
Install appropriate student info   NIS Help              Sept 2007      N/A            N/A                         All teacher workstations have online
software                           Desk/automation                                                                 access to student records
Provide teacher workstations –     Site administration   Sept 2008      $600,000 per   Title I,II, SIP, Grants –   All teachers have access to a workstation
300 per year                                                            year           Site based general
                                                                                       funds
Install appropriate student info   NIS Help              Sept 2008      N/A            N/A                         All teacher workstations have online
software                           Desk/automation                                                                 access to student records




                                                                              61
Provide teacher workstations –     Site administration   Sept 2009      $600,000 per   Title I,II, SIP, Grants –   All teachers have access to a workstation
300 per year                                                            year           Site based general
                                                                                       funds
Install appropriate student info   NIS Help              Sept 2009      N/A            N/A                         All teacher workstations have online
software                           Desk/automation                                                                 access to student records
Provide teacher workstations –     Site administration   Sept 2010      $600,000 per   Title I,II, SIP Grants      All teachers have access to a workstation
300 per year                                                            year           Site based gen funds
Install appropriate student info   NIS Help              Sept 2010      N/A            N/A                         All teacher workstations have online
software                           Desk/automation                                                                 access to student records
Provide teacher workstations –     Site administration   Sept 2011      $600,000 per   Title I,II, SIP, Grants –   All teachers have access to a workstation
300 per year                                                            year           Site based general
                                                                                       funds
Install appropriate student info   NIS Help              Sept 2011      N/A            N/A                         All teacher workstations have online
software                           Desk/automation                                                                 access to student records

Objective 7.4: Identify and implement Student Information System that is Web based and can be supported centrally.
         Activity                Responsible          Target      Estimated     Existing or Needed          Evidence/Measurement
                                   Persons         Completion        Cost       Funding/Resources
                                                       Date
Develop system requirements        NIS management        March 2007     N/A            N/A                         Requirements document
Identify SIS that meet             NIS management        June 2007      N/A            N/A                         Product list
requirements
Evaluate, compare and              All appropriate       January 2008   1,000,000      General Funds               Product evaluated and procured
procure a system                   divisions
Develop implementation plan        All appropriate       April 2008     N/A            N/A                         Plan documented
                                   divisions
Train staff                        NIS application       August 2008    N/A            N/A                         All appropriate staff trained
                                   support
Implement new system               NIS – computing and   Sept 2008      N/A            N/A                         New SIS in production
                                   Networking




                                                                              62
Objective 7.5: Identify and implement Web based software tools to provide parents with secure access real time information regarding their child’s
school performance and online access to curriculum support resources
          Activity               Responsible         Target       Estimated     Existing or Needed            Evidence/Measurement
                                   Persons         Completion        Cost       Funding/Resources
                                                      Date
Provide parental access to         Instructional           July 2006      TBD          N/A                     Parental use workstation installed at
computer at selected District      Technology                                                                  selected district sites
sites
Identify data requirements         NIS application         November       N/A          N/A                     Data requirements document
                                   support & Instruction   2005
Evaluate third party solutions     NIS management          June 2006      N/A          N/A                     Vendor demonstrations and evaluation
                                   and Instruction                                                             versions of software
Purchase third party solution or   NIS management          July 2006      $60,000      General fund            Decision on which solution to implement.
design and develop in house        and Instruction                                                             Purchase solution if third party solution is
solution                                                                                                       selected
Develop implementation plan        NIS management          Sept 2006      N/A          N/A                     Plan documented
Implement Web based tools          NIS application         October 2006   N/A          N/A                     Web based tools available to parents
                                   support

Objective 7.6: Identify integrated Financial/Human Resources systems to support District financial independence
         Activity                  Responsible        Target      Estimated     Existing or Needed             Evidence/Measurement
                                     Persons        Completion      Cost        Funding/Resources
                                                       Date
Develop system requirements        NIS, HR, Business       March 2007     N/A          N/A                     Requirements document
                                   Service
Identify system that meet          Business Services,      September      N/A          N/A                     Vendor list
requirements                       NIS, HR                 2007
Evaluate, compare and              Business Services,      January 2008   $1,000,000   General fund & saving   Product evaluated and procured
procure a system                   NIS, HR                                             of reoccurring County
                                                                                       fee
Develop implementation plan        NIS Business            March 2008     N/A          N/A                     Plan documented
                                   Services, HR
Train                              Business Services,      September      N/A          N/A                     All appropriate staff trained
                                   HR                      2008
Implement new system               NIS Business            July 2008      N/A          N/A                     New Financial/HR system in production
                                   Services, HR




                                                                                63
Objective 7.7: Identify and develop software tools to automate data preparation for all state mandated California Student Information System (CSIS
reports)
         Activity                 Responsible           Target      Estimated      Existing or Needed             Evidence/Measurement
                                    Persons           Completion       Cost        Funding/Resources
                                                         Date
Identify data and process        NIS – application     November       N/A        N/A                     Requirements document
requirements                     support               2005
Develop specifications for       NIS – application     January 2006   N/A        N/A                     Program specifications document
software tools                   support
Design, develop and test         NIS – application     July 2006      N/A        N/A                     Design document and documented test
software tools                   support                                                                 plan and results
Implement software tools         NIS – application     October 2006   N/A        N/A                     Tools used to prepare electronic CSIS
                                 support                                                                 reports



Objective 7.8: Redesign the District Website to support technology goals and objectives and promote the district’s image
         Activity               Responsible           Target       Estimated     Existing or Needed             Evidence/Measurement
                                   Persons          Completion       Cost        Funding/Resources
                                                        Date
Establish a WEB steering         Assistant             June 2006      N/A        N/A                     Committee is created and meets regularly
committee                        Superintendent
                                 Technology Services
Develop recommendation           WEB steering          December       N/A        N/A                     Publish recommendations
                                 committee             2006
Submit for Cabinet approval of   Cabinet               January 2007   N/A        N/A                     Recommendations presented to Cabinet
committee recommendation
Implement approved               District WEB master   January 2008   N/A        See Objective 5.12      Redesigned District Website
recommendations                  see: Objective 5.12

Objective 7.9: Identify and Implement a paperless Board meeting system
         Activity                Responsible          Target      Estimated      Existing or Needed             Evidence/Measurement
                                   Persons         Completion        Cost        Funding/Resources
                                                       Date
Identify necessary               NIS management        January 2006   N/A        N/A                     Obtain Specification and quote
equipment/software needed



                                                                            64
Acquire software/equipment     NIS management       July 2006      $20,000       General Fund           Equipment/software purchased
Install software/equipment     NIS management        August 2006   N/A           N/A                    Equipment/software installed
Train Board members and        NIS management       August 2006    N/A           N/A                    Board members, Superintendent and
Superintendents                                                                                         Assistant Superintendents are trained



Objective 7.10: Identify and Implement a new multi-media presentation system for Board Meetings
         Activity                Responsible         Target      Estimated      Existing or Needed              Evidence/Measurement
                                   Persons         Completion       Cost        Funding/Resources
                                                      Date
Identify necessary             NIS management       January 2006   N/A           N/A                    Obtain Specification and quote
equipment/software needed
Acquire software/ equipment    NIS management       July 2006      $60,000       General Fund           Equipment/software purchased
Install software/ equipment    NIS management       August 2006    N/A           N/A                    Equipment/software installed
Train board members & Supt     NIS management       August 2006    N/A           N/A                    Board member, Supt, Asst. Supt are
                                                                                                        trained



Objective 7.11: Implement a Web page process that supports ease of updating pages by individual sites, is hosted centrally, and has central
oversight
          Activity            Responsible          Target      Estimated      Existing or Needed              Evidence/Measurement
                                 Persons        Completion         Cost       Funding/Resources
                                                    Date
Hire Webmaster see Objective   NIS management       March 2006     N/A           General fund/see       District Webmaster on staff
7.12                                                                             Objective 5.12
Design Process                 District Webmaster   July 2006      N/A           N/A                    Design Document
Train school site Web          District Webmaster   December       N/A           N/A                    All appropriate staff is trained
coordinator                                         2006



Objective 7.12: Provide a full time Web master
         Activity                  Responsible        Target       Estimated     Existing or Needed             Evidence/Measurement
                                     Persons        Completion       Cost        Funding/Resources
                                                       Date
Hire Webmaster                 NIS management       March 2006     $375,000      General Fund           District Webmaster hired




                                                                         65
Administrative Technology – Professional Development

Goal 8: To ensure District technology standards are maximized, the District will train appropriate staff to utilize the tools provided in the
most efficient and productive manner.

Objective 8.1: Continue to train all appropriate staff in the use of our current student information system
         Activity                 Responsible              Target       Estimated      Existing or Needed            Evidence/Measurement
                                      Persons           Completion         Cost       Funding/Resources
                                                            Date
Continue to provide District     NIS – application    Ongoing        N/A            N/A                       Ongoing training sessions
Student Info System training     support

Objective 8.2: Develop and Implement a training program for appropriate staff that will support central registration
         Activity               Responsible           Target      Estimated        Existing or Needed              Evidence/Measurement
                                  Persons          Completion        Cost         Funding/Resources
                                                       Date
Develop training program for     Pupil Services and   January 2006   N/A            N/A                       Training curriculum and materials
central registration             Business Services
Conduct regular training         Pupil Services and   April 2006     N/A            N/A                       Central registration staff trained
                                 Business Services

Objective 8.3: Train all appropriate staff in the use of office automation applications
         Activity                  Responsible             Target       Estimated      Existing or Needed            Evidence/Measurement
                                     Persons            Completion         Cost       Funding/Resources
                                                             Date
Develop training program for     Instructional        January 2006   N/A            N/A                       Training curriculum and materials
office automation applications   Technology
Conduct regularly scheduled      Instructional        February       N/A            N/A                       Ongoing training
training                         Technology           2006




                                                                           66
Objective 8.4: Develop and implement training program for appropriate staff in the use of the new technology
         Activity               Responsible          Target       Estimated        Existing or Needed             Evidence/Measurement
                                  Persons          Completion        Cost          Funding/Resources
                                                      Date
Develop a process to            Instructional            January 2006   N/A        N/A                     Publish process document
determine when new              Technology
technology requires training
Implement process               Instructional Services   February       N/A        N/A                     Process is followed and training occurs
                                                         2006                                              when deemed necessary



Objective 8.5: Develop and implement training program for centrally hosted Web page process
         Activity               Responsible          Target        Estimated    Existing or Needed                Evidence/Measurement
                                  Persons          Completion         Cost      Funding/Resources
                                                      Date
Develop training program for    District Webmaster –     July 2006      N/A        Objective 5.12          Training curriculum and materials
centrally hosted Web page       see Objective 5.12
process
Conduct regular training        District Webmaster –     December       N/A        N/A                     Ongoing training
                                see Objective 5.12       2006



Administrative Technology – Hardware and Software Standards

Goal 9: The Administrative Technology Standards will continue to be set and enforced by the Technology Standards Committee.

Objective 9.1: Continue to identify the most appropriate computer models for all levels of Administrative use
        Activity                  Responsible           Target     Estimated        Existing or Needed            Evidence/Measurement
                                     Persons         Completion      Cost          Funding/Resources
                                                         Date
The Technology Standards        Technology               Ongoing        N/A        N/A                     Published new equipment standards and
Committee will continue to      Standards Committee                                                        specifications when changes occur
define the District standards
for computers and
peripheral equipment


                                                                              67
Objective 9.2: Continue to identify the most appropriate software for all types of Administrative use
         Activity                 Responsible          Target       Estimated       Existing or Needed          Evidence/Measurement
                                    Persons         Completion          Cost        Funding/Resources
                                                        Date
The Technology Standards           Technology            Ongoing    N/A         N/A                      Published Technical Service Agreement
Committee will continue to         Standards Committee                                                   Appendix IV, P.60
select the District Standard
Administrative Software
The Technology Standards           NIS, Business         Ongoing    N/A         N/a                      Published Technical Service Agreement,
committee will continue to         Services                                                              Appendix IV, p. 60
select the District Standard
Administrative software



Objective 9.3: Continue to update policies and procedures as technology and legislation dictate
         Activity               Responsible          Target       Estimated     Existing or Needed              Evidence/Measurement
                                  Persons          Completion        Cost       Funding/Resources
                                                      Date
NIS management and                 NIS management,       Ongoing    N/A         N/A                      Published policies and procedures.
Instructional Technology will      Instructional
monitor Federal, State and         Technology
local legislation to ensure
District technology policies and
procedures are in compliance

Objective 9.4: Utilize Standard Committee to recommend Pilot Program
         Activity                Responsible        Target       Estimated       Existing or Needed             Evidence/Measurement
                                   Persons        Completion       Cost          Funding/Resources
                                                     Date
Technology Standards               Technology            On-going   N/A         N/A                      Publish procedure – approve/disapprove
Committee will continue to         Standards Committee                                                   tech pilots
review proposed tech pilot
programs




                                                                          68
Infrastructure – Network and Connectivity Standards

Goal 10: All District sites will be connected to a robust, standards-based network.


Objective 10.1: Install and/or upgrade active hardware to gigabit speed
         Activity                 Responsible         Target        Estimated   Existing or Needed          Evidence/Measurement
                                    Persons         Completion        Cost      Funding/Resources
                                                        Date
Identify quantity of network   NIS – Networking    Jan. 2006     N/A            N/A                  Complete list of needed active hardware
equipment needed
Procure equipment              NIS management      Mar. 2006     $1,200,000     General Fund         E-rate, modernization, General Fund
                                                                                                     Purchase order
Install equipment              NIS Networking      July 2006     N/A            N/A                  E-rate, modernization, General Fund
                                                                                                     Purchase order
Procure equipment              NIS management      Mar. 2007     $1,200,000     General Fund         E-rate, modernization, General Fund
                                                                                                     Purchase order
Install equipment              NIS Networking      July 2007     N/A            N/A                  E-rate, modernization, General Fund
                                                                                                     Purchase order
Procure equipment              NIS management      Mar. 2008     $1,200,000     General Fund         E-rate, modernization, General Fund
                                                                                                     Purchase order
Install equipment              NIS Networking      July 2008     N/A            N/A                  E-rate, modernization, General Fund
                                                                                                     Purchase order
Procure equipment              NIS management      Mar. 2009     $1,200,000     General Fund         E-rate, modernization, General Fund
                                                                                                     Purchase order
Install equipment              NIS Networking      July 2009     N/A            N/A                  E-rate, modernization, General Fund
                                                                                                     Purchase order
Procure equipment              NIS management      Mar. 2010     $1,200,000     General Fund         E-rate, modernization, General Fund
                                                                                                     Purchase order
Install equipment              NIS Networking      July 2010     N/A            N/A                  E-rate, modernization, General Fund
                                                                                                     Purchase order




                                                                       69
Objective 10.2: Implement a fiber network to increase wide area network bandwidth to gigabit level
         Activity               Responsible           Target      Estimated    Existing or Needed                 Evidence/Measurement
                                   Persons         Completion        Cost      Funding/Resources
                                                       Date
Determine size and number of      NIS                Apr. 2005     N/A            N/A                      Complete list of locations and fiber size
fiber connections
Develop specification of                             Apr. 2005     N/A            N/A                      Specification document
increased fiber backbone          NIS, Business
                                  Services
Procure fiber upgrade             NIS management     May 2005      $500,000 per   E-rate – General fund,   Purchase Order
                                                                   year           saving from reduced
                                                                                  centrex lines
Install fiber termination point   NIS – Networking   November      $150,000       Bond                     Fiber termination points are ready
                                                     2005
Install fiber upgrade             NIS management     Feb. 2006     N/A            N/A                      Fiber installed. And existing network
                                                                                                           converted



Objective 10.3: Increase Internet bandwidth from T3 (45mbps) to OC3 (155mbps)
         Activity                Responsible          Target     Estimated    Existing or Needed                  Evidence/Measurement
                                   Persons         Completion      Cost      Funding/Resources
                                                       Date
Purchase and install              NIS Management     March 2007    $10,000        E-rate, General fund     Hardware installed
equipment to support OC3
Procure and Install OC3 circuit   NIS Management     April 2007    $80,000 per    E-rate, General fund     Bandwidth increased to OC3 speed
to increase network speed                                          year



Objective 10.4: Identify and implement wireless security products to protect the network from intrusion and virus attacks
         Activity                Responsible           Target       Estimated      Existing or Needed            Evidence/Measurement
                                   Persons         Completion          Cost        Funding/Resources
                                                        Date
Define wireless security          NIS management     July 2006     N/A            N/A                      Wireless security strategy document
strategy
Select appropriate product        NIS management     August 2006   N/A            N/A                      Publish recommendation
Procure selected product          NIS management     August 2006   $140,000       E-rate, General fund     Purchase Order



                                                                         70
Install Product                   NIS Networking            October 2006    N/A             N/A                         Product installed
Implement security policy         NIS Networking            November        N/A             N/A                         Security policy implemented, documented
                                                            2006                                                        intrusion test results



Objective 10.5: Install converged voice/data/video network Infrastructure
         Activity                  Responsible              Target       Estimated Existing or Needed                            Evidence/Measurement
                                     Persons            Completion         Cost    Funding/Resources
                                                             Date
Complete Objective 10.2           NIS Networking, NIS          February 2006      N/A             See Objective 10.2       Fiber network installed
                                  management
Complete Objective 10.7           Technology Standard          February 2006      N/A             See Objective 10.7       Successful test of video streaming
                                  Committee/Instructional
                                  Tech
Complete Objective 10.11          NIS management               July 2006          N/A             See Objective 10.11      Modernized phone system including
                                                                                                                           voice mail

Objective 10.6: Centralize file servers
Activity                        Responsible                    Target             Estimated Existing or Needed             Evidence/Measurement
                                Persons                        Completion         Cost      Funding/Resources
                                                               Date
Identify applications to be       NIS Management –             July 2007          N/A             N/A                      List of applications
centralized                       Instructional Technology
Procure server to support         NIS Networking               August 2007        $20,000         General Fund             Purchase Order
centralized applications
Migrate applications to central   NIS-networking,              January 2008       N/A             N/A                      Migrated applications
server(s)                         computing services

Objective 10.7: Provide video streaming capability
         Activity                  Responsible                    Target          Estimated       Existing or Needed             Evidence/Measurement
                                     Persons                    Completion          Cost          Funding/Resources
                                                                   Date
Establish video streaming         Technology Standards         March 2006         N/A             N/A                      Publish video streaming standards
equipment standards and           Committee
policies
Test video streaming capability   Instructional Technology     July 2006          N/A             N/A                      Successful test



                                                                                  71
Objective 10.8: Identify and install Storage Area Network (SAN) to support file sharing and backup from a central location
         Activity                    Responsible            Target     Estimated Existing or Needed                 Evidence/Measurement
                                       Persons           Completion        Cost        Funding/Resources
                                                             Date
Develop requirements           NIS Networking            February 2008   N/A            N/A                   Requirements document
Evaluate available products    NIS networking            April 2008      $500,000       General fund          Purchase order
and procure
Implement SAN                  NIS Networking            June 2008       N/A            N/A                   All appropriate files reside on SAN


Objective 10.9: Build or acquire a secure, survivable and fault tolerant data center
         Activity                  Responsible              Target        Estimated     Existing or Needed             Evidence/Measurement
                                     Persons             Completion          Cost       Funding/Resources
                                                             Date
Develop data center            NIS management            December        N/A            N/A                   Requirements document
requirement                                              2005
Build or acquire data center   Governing Board Cabinet   June 2011       $1.5 million   General fund          Secure survivable, fault tolerant data
that meets requirements                                                                                       center



Objective 10.10: Provide access to voice mail for all district staff
         Activity                 Responsible                  Target    Estimated      Existing or Needed             Evidence/Measurement
                                     Persons               Completion      Cost         Funding/Resources
                                                                Date
Complete Objective 10.11       NIS Networking            December        N/A            See Objective 10.11   Modernized phone system including
                                                         2006                                                 district wide voice mail



Objective 10.11: Integrate and modernize district phone system
         Activity                 Responsible              Target        Estimated      Existing or Needed          Evidence/Measurement
                                    Persons             Completion         Cost         Funding/Resources
                                                            Date
Develop requirements           NIS Management, M&O       July 2005       N/A            N/A                   R.F.P.
                               management, Business
                               Services management


                                                                         72
Select and procure phone        NIS management, M&O     August 2005     $3,000,000     E-rate, General Fund,       Purchase order
system that meets               Management, Business                                   Bond
requirements                    Services Management
Implement new phone system      NIS management, M&O     July 2006       N/A            N/A                         Modernized phone system including
that meets requirements         management                                                                         district wide voice mail



Infrastructure – Support (hardware, software, and network)

Goal 11: A high level of technology support will be provided to students, teachers, and staff to ensure they receive the maximum benefit
         from the use of hardware, software, and the District network.


Objective 11.1: Implement host-based computing solutions to centralize and reduce support requirements
         Activity                Responsible            Target        Estimated Existing or Needed                        Evidence/Measurement
                                   Persons            Completion         Cost      Funding/Resources
                                                          Date
Set host-based computing        NIS management          December         N/A           N/A                         Host based computing standards
standards                                               2005                                                       document
Define implementation scope     NIS and Site            January 2006     N/A           N/A                         Implementation scope
                                management
Purchase servers and software   NIS management          July 2006        $275,000      N/A                         Implementation scope
to support host-based
computing at elementary level
Install servers                 NIS Networking          September        N/A           N/A                         Servers installed
                                                        2006
Install clients 100 at each     NIS networking          December         $75,000       Title I, II, SIP, General   clients installed
elementary site                                         2006                           Fund
Complete implementation         NIS Networking          January 2006     N/A           N/A                         Verify installations are complete

Objective 11.2: Assign additional technical support staff to clusters and/or sites.
         Activity                   Responsible               Target       Estimated   Existing or Needed                Evidence/Measurement
                                      Persons              Completion         Cost     Funding/Resources
                                                               Date
Hire one technician per         HR and NIS              July 2006        $375,000      General Fund                Employees hired and assigned
comprehensive high school (5)



                                                                         73
Hire three technicians per      HR and NIS            July 2006      1,350,000   General Fund              Employees hired and assigned
Cluster (18)


Objective 11.3: Implement and enforce infrastructure standards
Activity                    Responsible                 Target       Estimated   Existing or Needed        Evidence/Measurement
                            Persons                     Completion   Cost        Funding/Resources
                                                        Date
Republish infrastructure        NIS networking        July 2006      N/A         N/A                       Publish standards
standards
Write memo reaffirming strict   NIS networking        July 2006      N/A         N/A                       Send memo
adherence to standards
Refuse to support non-          NIS networking        July 2006      N/A         N/A                       No support for non-standard items
standard items



Objective 11.4: Develop and implement an administrative equipment maintenance and replacement plan.
         Activity                Responsible             Target      Estimated Existing or Needed                Evidence/Measurement
                                   Persons             Completion       Cost     Funding/Resources
                                                          Date
Develop plan to replace and     NIS and Business      January 2007   N/A         N/A                       Maintenance and replacement plan
maintain equipment              Services
Implement plan                  NIS and Business      January 2007   $500,000    SIP, Title I, Title II,   Plan implemented and funded
                                Services                             per year    General fund, and other
                                                                     (250        Grant Funds
                                                                     computers
                                                                     per year)



Objective 11.5: Network and desktop operating systems must be no more than two releases from the manufacturer current release.
         Activity                Responsible           Target      Estimated Existing or Needed              Evidence/Measurement
                                   Persons           Completion        Cost      Funding/Resources
                                                        Date
Implement process to            NIS management        October 2005   N/A         N/A                       Standards document.
inventory existing operations
systems



                                                                     74
 Verify all devices are          NIS management        November         N/A         N/A                      Monthly reports.
monitored by existing software                         2005
Implement Policy through         NIS management        December         N/A         N/A                      Automatic update of operating system
automation                                             2005                                                  and update report



Objective 11.6: Provide redundancy to critical network devices
         Activity                Responsible               Target       Estimated    Existing or Needed            Evidence/Measurement
                                   Persons              Completion        Cost       Funding/Resources
                                                            Date
Determine critical devices       NIS management        January 2006     N/A         N/A                      Equipment list.
Purchase redundant hardware      NIS management        February 2006    $100,000    E-rate, General Fund     Purchase Order
Install devices                  NIS networking        April 2006       N/A         N/A                      Equipment installed.
Test failover capability of      NIS networking        June 2006        N/A         N/A                      Successful test
equipment
Implement redundant network.     NIS networking        July 2006        N/A         N/A                      Redundant hardware installed and
                                                                                                             tested



Objective 11.7: Install uninterruptible power supply (UPS) for all critical network devices
         Activity                    Responsible            Target           Estimated Existing or Needed          Evidence/Measurement
                                       Persons           Completion            Cost      Funding/Resources
                                                             Date
Determine critical network       NIS management        January 2006     N/A         N/A                      Equipment list
devices
Develop UPS strategy             NIS management        February 2006    N/A         N/A                      UPS needs list
Purchase uninterruptible power   NIS management        March 2006       $40,000     N/A                      Purchase Order
supply
Install devices                  NIS networking        June 2006        N/A         N/A                      UPS equipment installed


Objective 11.8: Increase use of automation to perform network monitoring, notification and escalation
         Activity                  Responsible            Target       Estimated Existing or Needed                Evidence/Measurement
                                     Persons            Completion        Cost        Funding/Resources
                                                           Date
Develop requirements             NIS management        March 2006      N/A          N/A                      Requirements Document



                                                                        75
Select and Procure              NIS management           April 2006          $100,000         E-rate, General Fund   Purchase Order
Install Product                 NIS Networking           June 2006           N/A              N/A                    Product installed and monitoring
                                                                                                                     network
Train staff                     NIS networking, NIS      July 2006           N/A              N/A                    NIS staff trained in use of network
                                operations                                                                           monitor



Objective 11.9: Provide secure access to district data from remote locations
         Activity               Responsible              Target      Estimated            Existing or Needed               Evidence/Measurement
                                  Persons             Completion        Cost              Funding/Resources
                                                          Date
Determine remote access         NIS management,       October 2007     N/A              N/A                          Requirements document
requirements                    Instructional
                                Technology
Determine the best method for   NIS management        February 2008    N/A              N/A                          Product recommendation
remote access
Purchase security product for   NIS management        March 2008       $30,000          General Fund                 Purchase Order
250 users
Install security software       NIS networking        May 2008         N/A              N/A                          Secure remote access is available



Objective 11.10: Support acquisition, infrastructure, maintenance, etc. for individual technology tools for teachers
         Activity                Responsible             Target       Estimate          Existing or Needed                 Evidence/Measurement
                                   Persons             Completion       d Cost         Funding/Resources
                                                          Date
Complete Objective 9.1          Technology            Committee/       N/A              N/A                          Objective 9.1 is complete
                                Standards             On-going
Complete Objective 9.2          NIS, Bus. Services,   Committee/       N/A              N/A                          Objective 9.2. is complete
                                Technology            On-going
                                Standards
Complete Objective 10.1         NIS                   July 2011        N/A              See Objective 10.1           Objective 10.1 is complete
Complete Objective 10.2         NIS, Business         February 2006    N/A              See Objective 10.2           Objective 10.2 is complete
                                Services
Complete Objective 11.2         NIS, HR               July 2006        N/A              See Objective 11.2           Objective 11.2 is complete




                                                                             76
Objective 11.11: Support acquisition, infrastructure, maintenance, etc. for individual technology tools for students
         Activity               Responsible             Target        Estimate         Existing or Needed            Evidence/Measurement
                                   Persons            Completion       d Cost         Funding/Resources
                                                         Date
Complete Objective 9.1        Technology            Committee/      N/A          N/A                         Objective 9.1 is complete
                              Standards             On-going
Complete Objective 9.2        NIS, Bus. Services,   Committee/      N/A          N/A                         Objective 9.2. is complete
                              Technology            On-going
                              Standards
Complete Objective 10.1       NIS                   July 2011       N/A          See Objective 10.1          Objective 10.1 is complete
Complete Objective 10.2       NIS, Business         February 2006   N/A          See Objective 10.2          Objective 10.2 is complete
                              Services
Complete Objective 11.2       NIS, HR               July 2006       N/A          See Objective 11.2          Objective 11.2 is complete



Objective 11.12: Support acquisition, infrastructure, maintenance, etc. for individual technology tools for video editing studios
         Activity                Responsible             Target       Estimated         Existing or Needed              Evidence/Measurement
                                   Persons             Completion        Cost          Funding/Resources
                                                          Date
Complete Objective 9.1        Technology            Committee/      N/A          N/A                         Objective 9.1 is complete
                              Standards             On-going
Complete Objective 9.2        NIS, Bus. Services,   Committee/      N/A          N/A                         Objective 9.2. is complete
                              Technology            On-going
                              Standards
Complete Objective 10.1       NIS                   July 2011       N/A          See Objective 10.1          Objective 10.1 is complete
Complete Objective 10.2       NIS, Business         February 2006   N/A          See Objective 10.2          Objective 10.2 is complete
                              Services
Complete Objective 10.7       Instructional Tech,   July 2006       N/A          N/A                         Objective 10.7 complete
                              Technology
                              Standards Committee
Complete Objective 11.2       NIS, HR               July 2006       N/A          See Objective 11.2          Objective 11.2 is complete




                                                                          77
Objective 11.13: Automate the creation, deletion, resetting and change of district controlled user account information
         Activity               Responsible              Target     Estimated         Existing or Needed             Evidence/Measurement
                                  Persons            Completion        Cost          Funding/Resources
                                                          Date
Purchase Software                NIS management       Oct. 2005        $10,000        General funds          Purchase Order
Install Software                 NIS                  Nov. 2005        N/A            N/A                    Software available for testing
Implementation/Training          NIS/Business         Jan. 2006        N/A            N/A                    User account maintenance is fully
                                 Services                                                                    automated

Infrastructure – Professional Development

Goal 12: The District will provide professional development to ensure all appropriate staff are competent in the use and support of the
District technology infrastructure and its components.

Objective 12.1: Provide regular training opportunities for technical support staff.
         Activity                 Responsible             Target       Estimated        Existing or Needed         Evidence/Measurement
                                    Persons            Completion        Cost           Funding/Resources
                                                           Date
Identify and procure technical   NIS management       July 2006        $12,000        General fund           Purchase order
training
Conduct Training                 NIS management       August 2006      N/A            N/A                    Staff receives training
Identify and procure technical   NIS management       July 2007        $12,000        General fund           Purchase order
training
Conduct Training                 NIS management       August 2007      N/A            N/A                    Staff receives training
Identify and procure technical   NIS management       July 2008        $12,000        General fund           Purchase order
training
Conduct Training                 NIS management       August 2008      N/A            N/A                    Staff receives training
Identify and procure technical   NIS management       July 2009        $12,000        General fund           Purchase order
training
Conduct Training                 NIS management       August 2009      N/A            N/A                    Staff receives training
Identify and procure technical   NIS management       July 2010        $12,000        General fund           Purchase order
training
Conduct Training                 NIS management       August 2010      N/A            N/A                    Staff receives training
Identify and procure technical   NIS management       July 2011        $12,000        General fund           Purchase order
training
Conduct Training                 NIS management       August 2011      N/A            N/A                    Staff receives training



                                                                             78
Goal 13: Enhance communication between NIS and District sites

Objective 13.1: NIS newsletter to inform staff of ongoing developments
         Activity                Responsible            Target     Estimated    Existing or Needed        Evidence/Measurement
                                    Persons           Completion       Cost     Funding/Resources
                                                         Date
Publish Newsletter           NIS management           July 2006   N/A          N/A                   Published Newsletter



Objective 13.2: Regular meeting between NIS and Instructional Services Managers and Directors
         Activity              Responsible          Target       Estimated     Existing or Needed         Evidence/Measurement
                                 Persons         Completion         Cost       Funding/Resources
                                                     Date
Develop Schedule             NIS management           July 2006   N/A          N/A                   Meeting schedule and meeting minutes
                             and Instructional
                             Services
                             management



Objective 13.3: NIS staff participation in TechLink meeting
Activity                       Responsible           Target       Estimated Existing or Needed       Evidence/Measurement
                               Persons               Completion   Cost      Funding/Resources
                                                     Date
Develop schedule             NIS management           July 2006   N/A          N/A                   Schedule meeting and meeting minutes
                             Instructional Services
                             management




                                                                        79
                                                          TECHNOLOGY IMPLEMENTATION PLAN
                                                                      Budget



Objective   Item                                  Cost              Funding      Goals         Year 1       Year 2       Year 3       Year 4       Year 5
                                                  Estimate         Resources      Met
   1.1      Staff costs to develop Information        $73,234   Categorical,      IT         $36,617      $36,617
            Literacy Standards Scope and                        Site, General
            Sequence                                            Fund
   1.3      Hardware / software costs of           $5,850,000   Categorical           IT   $1,170,000   $1,170,000   $1,170,000   $1,170,000   $1,170,000
            placing iTree equipments in all                     Funds,
            classrooms                                          Business
                                                                Partnerships,
                                                                Grants,
                                                                General Fund
   1.4      Hardware, software, and staff            $177,955   Categorical,          IT     $35,591      $35,591      $35,591      $35,591      $35,591
            development costs associated with                   General Funds
            maintaining a web-based network
            storage solution
   1.5      Hardware / software costs of           $4,926,130   Categorical           IT    $985,226     $985,226     $985,226     $985,226     $985,226
            maintaining a student to computer                   Funds, Grants,
            ratio of 5-1 (replacement of 1/3 of                 Bond Money,
            computers per year that are                         Site Funds,
            obsolete)                                           Business
                                                                Partnerships,
                                                                General Fund
   2.1      Hardware, software, and staff            $893,850   Categorical,          IT    $178,770     $178,770     $178,770     $178,770     $178,770
            development costs for template-                     Site, General
            based web site system                               Fund
   2.2      Staffing costs for parent                   $2500   Categorical,          IT        $500         $500         $500         $500         $500
            orientations                                        Site, General
                                                                Fund
   2.3      Hardware and software costs for           $76,000   Categorical,          IT                  $76,000
            parent Kiosks                                       Site, General
                                                                Fund
   3.1      Hardware, software, and staffing          $85,000   Categorical,          IT     $17,000      $17,000      $17,000      $17,000      $17,000
            costs for maintaining network-                      Site, General
            based curriculum resources                          Fund
   5.2      Staffing and training costs for          $358,205   Categorical,          IT     $71,641      $71,641      $71,641      $71,641      $71,641
            implementing model technology                       Site, General
            programs                                            Fund

                                                                                 80
Objective    Item                                       Cost           Funding      Goals       Year 1       Year 2      Year 3       Year 4       Year 5
                                                      Estimate       Resources       Met
  5.3       Staffing and training costs                 $103,277   Categorical,       IT       $51,639     $51,639
            associated with teacher technology                     Site, General
            use standards                                          Fund
  5.4       Hardware, software, and staffing            $475,000   Categorical,          IT   $175,000     $75,000      $75,000      $75,000      $75,000
            costs for online staff development                     Site, General
                                                                   Fund
  5.5       Staff costs for expanding the use of      $4,700,000   Categorical,          IT               $500,000    $1,200,000   $1,500,000   $1,500,000
            Instructional Technology Site                          Site, General
            Specialists beyond EETT                                Fund
  6.1       Staffing and publication costs               $50,000   Categorical,          IT    $10,000     $10,000      $10,000      $10,000      $10,000
            associated with RUSD standards                         Site, General
            committee.                                             Fund
   6.2        Staffing costs associated with           $154,796    Categorical,          IT    $79,898     $74,898
              pursuing and maintaining                             Site, General
              business / community                                 Fund
              partnerships
   6.4        Hardware, software, and staffing        $1,968,851   Categorical,          IT   $401,120    $401,120     $401,120     $401,120     $401,120
              costs for supporting general use                     Site, General
              portable computer labs at all sites                  Fund
   6.5        Hardware, software, and staffing          $68,851    Categorical,          IT    $17,600     $17,600      $17,600      $17,600      $17,600
              costs for supporting effective staff                 Site, General
              development                                          Fund
   6.6        Hardware, software, and staffing         $150,000    Categorical,          IT    $30,000     $30,000      $30,000      $30,000      $30,000
              costs for supporting a network                       Site, General
              based attendance and grade                           Fund
              management system throughout
              the district
              Instructional Technology               $20,113,649
              Subtotal

   7.1       Data Warehouse                           $100,000     General Fund      AT                   $100,000
   7.3       Teacher Workstations                    $3,600,000    Categorical,      AT       $600,000    $600,000     $600,000     $600,000     $600,000
                                                                   Site, General
                                                                   Fund
   7.4       Student Information System              $1,000,000    General Fund      AT                  $1,000,000
   7.5       Web based parent access                    $60,000    General Fund      AT        $60,000
   7.6       Financial/Human Resource                $1,000,000    General Fund &    AT                  $1,000,000
             System                                                Saving of
                                                                   reoccurring
                                                                   County fee
   7.9       Paperless Board Meeting System             $20,000    General Fund      AT        $20,000
                                                                                    81
Objective   Item                                  Cost           Funding        Goals         Year 1       Year 2       Year 3       Year 4       Year 5
                                                Estimate        Resources        Met
  7.10      Multi-media System for Board           $60,000    General Fund       AT         $60,000
  7.12      Webmaster                             $375,000    General Fund       AT         $75,000      $75,000      $75,000      $75,000      $75,000
                   Administrative Sub Total     $6,215,000

  10.1      Gigabit Network Hardware             $6,000,000   General Fund           IF   $1,200,000   $1,200,000   $1,200,000   $1,200,000   $1,200,000
  10.3      OC3 Data Circuit for additional        $410,000   General Fund,          IF      $90,000      $80,000      $80,000      $80,000      $80,000
            Internet capacity                                 E-rate
  10.4      Wireless Security Software            $140,000    General Fund,          IF    $140,000
                                                              E-rate
  10.6      File Server for centralization          $20,000   General Fund           IF     $20,000
  10.8      Storage Area Network                  $500,000    General Fund           IF                 $500,000
  10.9      Data Center                          $1,500,000   General Fund           IF                                                       $1,500,000
  11.1      Servers and Thin Clients for host     $350,000    Categorical,           IF    $350,000
            based computing at Elem. Sites                    General Fund
  11.2      Cluster Assigned Help Desk           $8,625,000   General Fund           IF   $1,725,000   $1,725,000   $1,725,000   $1,725,000   $1,725,000
  11.4      Administrative Replacement           $2,500,000   Categorical,           IF    $500,000     $500,000     $500,000     $500,000     $500,000
            Computers                                         Grant, General
                                                              Fund
  11.6      Redundant Network Hardware            $100,000    E-rate, General        IF    $100,000
                                                              Fund
  11.7      Uninterruptible Power Supply           $40,000    N/A                    IF     $40,000
  11.8      Network Monitoring Software           $100,000    E-rate, General        IF    $100,000
                                                              Fund
  11.9      Remote access security software         $30,000   General Fund           IF                  $30,000
 11.13      Account Maintenance Software            $10,000   General Fund           IF     $10,000
  12.1      Technical Staff Training                $60,000   General Fund           IF     $12,000      $12,000      $12,000      $12,000      $12,000
                    Infrastructure Subtotal     $20,385,000

                            GRAND TOTAL         $46,713,649




                                                                                82
                                                                Technology Implementation Plan
                                                                       Budget Priorities

Objective   Item                                  Cost              Funding      Goals         Year 1       Year 2       Year 3       Year 4       Year 5
                                                  Estimate         Resources      Met
  11.2      Cluster Assigned Help Desk             $8,625,000   General Fund      IF       $1,725,000   $1,725,000   $1,725,000   $1,725,000   $1,725,000
   1.3      Hardware / software costs of           $5,850,000   Categorical       IT       $1,170,000   $1,170,000   $1,170,000   $1,170,000   $1,170,000
            placing iTree equipments in all                     Funds,
            classrooms                                          Business
                                                                Partnerships,
                                                                Grants, Bond
                                                                Money, General
                                                                Fund
  7.12      Webmaster                                $375,000   General Fund      AT         $75,000      $75,000      $75,000      $75,000      $75,000
  11.1      Servers and Thin Clients for host        $350,000   Categorical,      IF        $350,000
            based computing at Elem. Sites                      General Fund
   5.2      Staffing and training costs for          $358,205   Categorical,          IT     $71,641      $71,641      $71,641      $71,641      $71,641
            implementing model technology                       Site, General
            programs                                            Fund
   6.4      Hardware, software, and staffing       $1,968,851   Categorical,          IT    $401,120     $401,120     $401,120     $401,120     $401,120
            costs for supporting general use                    Site, General
            portable computer labs at all sites                 Fund
   1.1      Staff costs to develop Information        $73,234   Categorical,          IT     $36,617      $36,617
            Literacy Standards Scope and                        Site, General
            Sequence                                            Fund
  10.4      Wireless Security Software               $140,000   General Fund,         IF    $140,000
                                                                E-rate
   1.5      Hardware / software costs of           $4,926,130   Categorical           IT    $985,226     $985,226     $985,226     $985,226     $985,226
            maintaining a student to computer                   Funds, Grants,
            ratio of 5-1 (replacement of 1/3 of                 Bond Money,
            computers per year that are                         Site Funds,
            obsolete)                                           Business
                                                                Partnerships,
                                                                General Fund
  10.1      Gigabit Network Hardware               $6,000,000   General Fund          IF   $1,200,000   $1,200,000   $1,200,000   $1,200,000   $1,200,000




                                                                                 83
Objective   Item                                   Cost              Funding      Goals       Year 1       Year 2       Year 3       Year 4       Year 5
                                                   Estimate         Resources      Met
   2.1      Hardware, software, and staff             $893,850   Categorical,      IT       $178,770    $178,770     $178,770     $178,770     $178,770
            development costs for template-                      Site, General
            based web site system                                Fund
   6.5      Hardware, software, and staffing           $68,851   Categorical,          IT    $17,600     $17,600      $17,600      $17,600      $17,600
            costs for supporting effective staff                 Site, General
            development                                          Fund
   2.3      Hardware and software costs for            $76,000   Categorical,          IT    $76,000
            parent Kiosks                                        Site, General
                                                                 Fund
   7.6      Financial/Human Resource System         $1,000,000   General Fund &    AT                  $1,000,000
                                                                 Saving of
                                                                 reoccurring
                                                                 County fee
   3.1      Hardware, software, and staffing           $85,000   Categorical,          IT    $17,000     $17,000      $17,000      $17,000      $17,000
            costs for maintaining network-                       Site, General
            based curriculum resources                           Fund
   7.4      Student Information System              $1,000,000   General Fund      AT                  $1,000,000
   7.5      Web based parent access                    $60,000   General Fund      AT        $60,000
   5.3      Staffing and training costs              $103,277    Categorical,      IT        $51,639     $51,639
            associated with teacher technology                   Site, General
            use standards                                        Fund
 10.9       Data Center                             $1,500,000   General Fund          IF                                                     $1,500,000
 11.13      Account Maintenance Software               $10,000   General Fund          IF    $10,000
  5.4       Hardware, software, and staffing         $475,000    Categorical,          IT   $175,000     $75,000      $75,000      $75,000      $75,000
            costs for online staff development                   Site, General
                                                                 Fund
   7.1      Data Warehouse                            $100,000   General Fund      AT                   $100,000
  10.3      OC3 Data Circuit for additional           $410,000   General Fund,     IF        $90,000     $80,000      $80,000      $80,000      $80,000
            Internet capacity                                    E-rate
  7.10      Multi-media System for Board               $60,000   General Fund      AT
   2.2      Staffing costs for parent                   $2500    Categorical,      IT          $500         $500         $500         $500         $500
            orientations                                         Site, General
                                                                 Fund
   5.5      Staff costs for expanding the use of    $4,700,000   Categorical,          IT               $500,000    $1,200,000   $1,500,000   $1,500,000
            Instructional Technology Site                        Site, General
            Specialists beyond EETT                              Fund




                                                                                  84
Objective   Item                                Cost             Funding        Goals       Year 1     Year 2     Year 3     Year 4     Year 5
                                                Estimate        Resources        Met
   1.4      Hardware, software, and staff          $177,955   Bond,              IT        $35,591    $35,591    $35,591    $35,591    $35,591
            development costs associated with                 Categorical,
            maintaining a web-based network                   General Funds
            storage solution
  11.9      Remote access security software         $30,000   General Fund           IF               $30,000
                              Priority total    $39,418,853




                                                              Budget Priorities Not Determined

Objective   Item                                Cost              Funding       Goals       Year 1     Year 2     Year 3     Year 4     Year 5
                                                Estimate         Resources       Met
   6.1      Staffing and publication costs          $50,000   Categorical,       IT        $10,000    $10,000    $10,000    $10,000    $10,000
            associated with RUSD standards                    Site, General
            committee.                                        Fund
   6.2      Staffing costs associated with         $154,796   Categorical,           IT    $79,898    $74,898
            pursuing and maintaining business                 Site, General
            / community partnerships                          Fund
   6.6      Hardware, software, and staffing       $150,000   Categorical,           IT    $30,000    $30,000    $30,000    $30,000    $30,000
            costs for supporting a network                    Site, General
            based attendance and grade                        Fund
            management system throughout
            the district
   7.3      Teacher Workstations                 $3,600,000   Categorical,       AT       $600,000   $600,000   $600,000   $600,000   $600,000
                                                              Site, General
                                                              Fund
   7.9      Paperless Board Meeting System          $20,000   General Fund       AT        $20,000
  10.6      File Server for centralization          $20,000   General Fund       IF        $20,000
  10.8      Storage Area Network                  $500,000    General Fund       IF                  $500,000
  11.4      Administrative Replacement           $2,500,000   Categorical,       IF       $500,000   $500,000   $500,000   $500,000   $500,000
            Computers                                         Grant, General
                                                              Fund
  11.6      Redundant Network Hardware             $100,000   E-rate, General        IF   $100,000
                                                              Fund
  11.7      Uninterruptible Power Supply            $40,000   N/A                    IF    $40,000




                                                                                85
Objective   Item                              Cost              Funding       Goals       Year 1    Year 2    Year 3    Year 4    Year 5
                                              Estimate        Resources        Met
  11.8      Network Monitoring Software          $100,000   E-rate, General    IF       $100,000
                                                            Fund
  12.1      Technical Staff Training              $60,000   General Fund           IF    $12,000   $12,000   $12,000   $12,000   $12,000
                         Non-Priority total    $7,294,796




                                                                              86
                                                APPENDIX I

                 iTree Student Technology Survey November 2004
                                                Section One:
                 Please answer the following questions before beginning the survey

1. What is your gender?
      A. Male (boy)          B. Female (girl)

2. What grade are you in?
      A. K-3        B. 4-6           C. 7-8         D. 9-12

3. Do you have a computer at home?
       A. Yes       B. No        C. We have a computer, but I am not allowed to use it.

4. Do you have a computer with access to the Internet at home?
       A. Yes       B. No         C. We have the Internet, but I am not allowed to use it.


                                                Section Two:
5. Can you save a file to your computer?
             A. I don’t know how to do this         B. I can do this but sometimes I need help
             C. I can do this by myself             D. I can teach others how to do this

6. Can you create a new folder on your computer?
              A. I don’t know how to do this     B. I can do this but sometimes I need help
              C. I can do this by myself         D. I can teach others how to do this

7. Can you rename a file or folder on your computer?
             A. I don’t know how to do this       B. I can do this but sometimes I need help
             C. I can do this by myself           D. I can teach others how to do this

8. Do you know how to use word processing software, such Microsoft Word or Works to write and print
   documents?
             A. I don’t know how to do this     B. I can do this but sometimes I need help
             C. I can do this by myself         D. I can teach others how to do this

9. In school, how often do you write reports or other documents (such as a journal entry or essay) using a
    word processor?
               A. Almost Never                       B. About Once a Month
               C. About Once a Week                  D. More than Once a week

10. How well can you use spreadsheet software (Excel, etc) to enter and calculate numbers?
              A. I don’t know how to do this    B. I can do this but sometimes I need help
              C. I can do this by myself        D. I can teach others how to do this

11. In school, how often do you create or use spreadsheets?
               A. Almost Never                     B. About Once a Month
               C. About Once a Week                D. More than Once a week

12. How well can you use drawing or painting software to create pictures?
              A. I don’t know how to do this      B. I can do this but sometimes I need help
              C. I can do this by myself          D. I can teach others how to do this

13. In school, how often do you create pictures using drawing or painting software?
               A. Almost Never                      B. About Once a Month
               C. About Once a Week                 D. More than Once a week
                                                     87
14. How well can you use a video camera to make videos?
              A. I don’t know how to do this    B. I can do this but sometimes I need help
              C. I can do this by myself        D. I can teach others how to do this

15. How well can you use video editing software to edit videos?
              A. I don’t know how to do this       B. I can do this but sometimes I need help
              C. I can do this by myself           D. I can teach others how to do this

16. How well can you use digital cameras and scanners to get pictures into a computer?
              A. I don’t know how to do this     B. I can do this but sometimes I need help
              C. I can do this by myself         D. I can teach others how to do this

17. How far along are you in learning to use image-editing software to enhance pictures?
              A. I don’t know how to do this       B. I can do this but sometimes I need help
              C. I can do this by myself           D. I can teach others how to do this

18. How well do you use presentation software (PowerPoint, etc.) to create presentations?
              A. I don’t know how to do this     B. I can do this but sometimes I need help
              C. I can do this by myself         D. I can teach others how to do this

19. In your classes, how often does the teacher have you create presentations using presentation
     software?
               A. Almost Never                     B. About Once a Month
               C. About Once a Week                D. More than Once a week

20. In your classes, how often does the teacher have you create a multimedia product using multimedia
   software?
               A. Almost Never                     B. About Once a Month
               C. About Once a Week                D. More than Once a week

21. How far along are you in learning to use email to send and receive messages?
              A. I don’t know how to do this        B. I can do this but sometimes I need help
              C. I can do this by myself            D. I can teach others how to do this

22. In your classes, how often does the teacher have you use Exchange email messages with teachers or
     students at your school?
               A. Almost Never                     B. About Once a Month
               C. About Once a Week                D. More than Once a week

23. In your classes, how often does the teacher have you exchange email messages with classes in other
     places?
               A. Almost Never                     B. About Once a Month
               C. About Once a Week                D. More than Once a week

24. In your classes, how often does the teacher have you Gather information from people (e.g., experts or
     mentors) using email or an online discussion?
               A. Almost Never                     B. About Once a Month
               C. About Once a Week                D. More than Once a week

25. Do you know how to log into WebLockrz?
             A. I don’t know how to do this        B. I can do this but sometimes I need help
             C. I can do this by myself            D. I can teach others how to do this

26. Can you use the discussion boards in WebLockrz?
             A. I don’t know how to do this     B. I can do this but sometimes I need help
             C. I can do this by myself         D. I can teach others how to do this

27. Are you able to upload and download files from WebLockrz?

                                                    88
              A. I don’t know how to do this        B. I can do this but sometimes I need help
              C. I can do this by myself            D. I can teach others how to do this

28. In your classes, how often does the teacher have you use WebLockrz to check assignments, turn in
     homework or check calendars?
               A. Almost Never                     B. About Once a Month
               C. About Once a Week                D. More than Once a week

29. Have you used online discussions to gather information?
             A. I don’t know how to do this        B. I can do this but sometimes I need help
             C. I can do this by myself            D. I can teach others how to do this

30. Do you know how to create web pages?
             A. I don’t know how to do this         B. I can do this but sometimes I need help
             C. I can do this by myself             D. I can teach others how to do this

31. In your classes, how often does the teacher have you create a web page for publication on the World
     Wide Web?
               A. Almost Never                     B. About Once a Month
               C. About Once a Week                D. More than Once a week

32. In your classes, how often does the teacher have you verify information found on the internet for
     accuracy or bias?
               A. Almost Never                     B. About Once a Month
               C. About Once a Week                D. More than Once a week

33. How comfortable are you in using online reference software?
             A. I don’t know how to do this        B. I can do this but sometimes I need help
             C. I can do this by myself            D. I can teach others how to do this

34. How comfortable are you in using search engines such as Google, Ask Jeeves for Kids, or
    Yahooligans?
              A. I don’t know how to do this      B. I can do this but sometimes I need help
              C. I can do this by myself          D. I can teach others how to do this

35. How far along are you in learning to use graphic organizers and/or systems thinking software
     (Inspiration, etc.) to solve problems?
                A. I don’t know how to do this      B. I can do this but sometimes I need help
                C. I can do this by myself          D. I can teach others how to do this




                                               Section Three

36. Does your teacher use technology?
              A. Yes, all the time                  B. Yes, sometimes
              C. Rarely                             D. Never

37. How often does your teacher use an electronic grade book to keep grades?
              A. More than once a week             B. Less than once a week
              C. At least once a month             D. I don’t know

38. Does your teacher use presentation hardware and software when teaching?
             A. Yes, all the time                B. Yes, sometimes
             C. Rarely                           D. Never

39. Does your teacher use the Internet when teaching?
             A. No                                B. Yes, Sometimes
                                                    89
              C. Yes, Most of the Time            D. Yes, All of the Time

40. How often does your teacher use videos (VCR) of DVD’s when teaching?
             A. No                              B. Yes, Sometimes
             C. Yes, Most of the Time           D. Yes, All of the Time

41. Does your teacher use Microsoft Word or Journal when teaching?
             A. Never                            B. Sometimes
             C. Often                            D. Always

42. Does your teacher use PowerPoint when teaching?
             A. Never                           B. Sometimes
             C. Often                           D. Always

43. Does your teacher use the ActiVote system when teaching?
             A. Never                           B. Sometimes
             C. Often                           D. Always




                                        Section Four:
                        All questions apply to the following statement

                   In your class where technology is used the most, do students...

44. …interact with each other, learning from and with each other?
              A. Never                             B. Sometimes
              C. Often                             D. Always

45. …have better attendance?
            A. Never                              B. Sometimes
            C. Often                              D. Always

46. …pay more attention?
            A. Never                              B. Sometimes
            C. Often                              D. Always

47. …learn by interacting with the world outside of school?
             A. Never                               B. Sometimes
             C. Often                               D. Always

48. …show more interest in schoolwork?
           A. Never                               B. Sometimes
           C. Often                               D. Always

49. …ask for help from the teacher when they need it?
              A. Never                           B. Sometimes
              C. Often                           D. Always




                             Section Five: Additional Information:
50. What else would you like us to know about technology and your school? (Short Answer)
                                                   90
                       APPENDIX II


RIVERSIDE UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT
    Network and Information Systems




           Technical
            Service
           Agreement
                   July 28, 2005




                       Prepared By:
       Charles Szilagyi, Director Computing Services
             Network and Information Systems

          RUSD Technology Steering Committee




                            91
                               Network & Information Systems
                               Technical Service Agreement
                                               July 28, 2005




Purpose:
This agreement will serve to establish technical service procedures and guidelines for the Riverside Unified
School District. The agreement will further define standards for hardware support, software support,
operations support, network support and associated target response and turn around times.


General Guidelines:
          Help Desk support requests should be made by telephone (951)276-2002, fax (951) 787-9534 or
           by Email helpdesk@rusd.k12.ca.us. Work orders can also be entered electronically via the
           WEB. From your WEB browser go to http://NIS/ and choose WORK ORDERS. You can
           submit a new work order or check the status of any work order in the system from this location.
           Please include a detailed explanation of your support request including full documentation of
           error messages received, as well as, your name and telephone number. Help Desk hours of
           operation are Monday through Friday 7:30 A.M. to 4:30 P.M.

          When a call is placed for technical support the client will be given the Work Order request
           number for tracking purposes. For requests via Email or the WEB, return Email or a telephone
           call will notify the client of the tracking number.

          The Help Desk Analyst assigned to the work order will contact the client within 24 hours to
           further assess the problem, and to schedule an appointment.

          A follow up document will be sent to the client after a work order is closed to fully explain the
           work that was performed. If the client is not satisfied with the work they should contact the Help
           Desk.

          A client signature is required for all equipment that is picked up or returned to a site. Do not
           release or accept equipment without signing an appropriate help desk equipment form.

          All equipment delivered by a client to Network and Information Systems (NIS) must have an
           RUSD tag to receive service. If an RUSD tag is not attached to the equipment, the client must
           bring a document signed by their supervisor approving service, and verifying that the equipment
           is RUSD owned. A valid RUSD tag number must be obtained prior to any future service
           requests.

          In some cases, an outside vendor may perform hardware repair and support at the user’s site,
           where there are appropriate maintenance agreements in place.

          Student, Business and Human Resources Systems are available Monday through Friday from 7
           A.M. to 7 P.M. Scheduled interruptions in availability are broadcast 24 hours in advance. NIS
           requires 3 business days notice in writing to arrange availability of systems during non-standard
           hours, weekends and holidays.


                                                      92
          The following procedure should be used to escalate a problem to NIS management. The first
           point of contact is the helpdesk analyst assigned to your work order. The next level of escalation
           is to contact the Technical Services Manager. If further escalation is needed contact the Director
           of Computing Services or the Director of Network Services.

          The Technology Standards Committee identifies equipment and software that will be supported
           as a standard by the District. The lists of equipment are posted on the Riverside Unified WEB
           site. Equipment that appears on the standards list will be supported by the District while on the
           list and for one year after being removed from the list. To request additions or deletions to the
           standards list, a written justification should be sent to the Technology Standards Committee for
           review.



Hardware Support:
Hardware support includes the analysis and repair of damaged hardware, along with the installation and
removal of system and component level hardware.


       Critical Hardware Repair:

                 Critical Hardware Definition: Hardware, which if down would halt the daily operations
                  of a site and seriously impact the business of the district. This hardware is assigned to
                  perform key functions of the districts’ critical systems. Hardware is not considered
                  critical if the function can be performed on other equipment at the site.

   Examples of critical hardware include, but are not limited to, scanners, servers, printers and computers
   assigned to process student attendance, student grading information, time critical business and human
   resources functions. Also included are the District standard In-Touch auto dialer systems from Edulink.

                 Critical Hardware Target Response/Turnaround: Critical hardware failure work
                  orders will be processed using the following guidelines:
                      Repair of the hardware within 24 hours, if possible.
                      Loan of comparable hardware (if available) to accomplish tasks until repairs can
                         be made.


       General Hardware Repair:

                 General Hardware Definition: Hardware, which if down would not halt the daily
                  operations of a site and does not fall under the definition of critical hardware. Functions
                  performed on this hardware can be processed on other equipment located at the site.

                 General Hardware Target Response/Turnaround: General hardware failure work
                  orders will be processed using the following guidelines, subject to current workload and
                  staffing levels:
                       Repair of the hardware within 5 business days if the repairs can be accomplished
                          by NIS.
                       Repair of the hardware within 10 business days if the repairs cannot be
                          accomplished by NIS and must be sent off-site.



                                                     93
     Apple Hardware Support:

The Technology Standards Committee adopted the following policies regarding the repair and support of

Apple systems, as noted in correspondence to all managers dated January 25, 1999. The following items

were included in the correspondence and will be adopted in this Service Level Agreement.



                Purchase of Apple computers may be approved with special justification only.

A written justification accompanying a requisition must be submitted to the Technology Standards Committee. The primary justification for purchase of an
Apple computer will be for high-level animation and/or video production classes and adaptive technology for some special education classes.




                Approved purchases of Apple computers must include purchase of a three-year
                 warranty for parts and labor.

This will ensure that clients receive support without requiring the need for additional specialized training of our repair personnel.



                NIS will not provide repair or troubleshooting services for Apple computers after December 2002.




     General Hardware Repair Cost Limits:

                      NIS will provide no-cost repairs of computing equipment within the district on a
                       cost-effective basis.

Cost-effective repairs are defined as less than or equal to 33% of the cost of comparable replacement
hardware. Comparable hardware is defined as hardware that will meet the functionality of the original
equipment. If NIS determines that repairs are too expensive, based on the cost of comparable
equipment, the site will have the option to pay for the total cost of repair or replacement of the
equipment.


     Hardware Installation/Removal Guidelines:

                      The installation and/or removal of hardware will be scheduled by appointment to allow
                       for adequate site preparation time.

                      Prior to installation, it is the client/site responsibility to:

                            Backup all client data files, if possible. NIS will provide instructions and/or
                             assistance to complete this process. NIS will not be responsible for backing up or
                             validating client data files.

                            Provide a clean area where the equipment is to be installed, with access to power,
                             power cords/surge suppressors and network connections (if required).

                            If backups are not complete or installation areas not prepared when installation is
                             scheduled to occur, a new appointment will be scheduled.

                      After installation, it is the responsibility of NIS to:
                                                             94
                     Perform tests to insure that the installed hardware is functioning correctly.

                     Provide basic training materials (if available) on the use of the new hardware.

                     Provide instruction and/or assistance in restoring backed up client files. NIS will not
                      be responsible for restoring files backed up by the client.


Software Support:
Software support includes the installation, removal, configuration and technical assistance in the use of
district computer software packages and systems.

       Critical Software Support:

                 Critical Software Definition: Software systems, which if down would halt daily
                  operations and seriously impact the business of the district. Critical software includes:
                   RUSD Student Information System.
                   Galaxy Business and OneSource Procurement System Client Software.

                 Critical Software Target Response/Turnaround: NIS will provide installation support,
                  configuration support and technical assistance for critical software problems within 24
                  hours.

                 Work Order Escalation: Critical software support work orders, which are not processed
                  in the target response of 24 hours, will be escalated to the appropriate NIS manager.


       District Standard Software Support:

                  District Standard Software Definition: Software systems utilized district wide to
                   perform daily operational functions. District Standard software includes:
                    Microsoft Office
                    Microsoft Windows Operating Systems
                    Microsoft Outlook/Exchange
                    SASI Student System Software
                    Galaxy and OneSource Procurement System Client Software
                    Internet Explorer Internet Browsers
                    McAfee Anti-Virus Software
                    DeepFreeze PC Protection Software
                    Accelerated Reader
   Software that does not appear on this list or is not critical as described previously will be supported only
   to the extent described under the section entitled Specialized Software Support. Software other than that
   already listed will be installed at the users own risk. It is strongly suggested that the user purchase
   software maintenance and support services from the vendor. Software that you feel should appear on the
   district standards list should be submitted to the district standards committee.


                 District Standard Software Target Response/Turnaround: NIS will provide
                  installation support, configuration support and technical assistance for approved software
                  problems within 3 business days, subject to current workload and staffing levels.

                                                     95
              Work Order Escalation: Approved software support work orders, which are not
               processed in the target response of 3 business days, will be escalated to the appropriate
               NIS manager.


   Specialized Software Support:

              Specialized Software Definition: Software systems that are not utilized district wide and
               are not included on the previous list of District Standard Software. These systems may be
               used at one or several sites to perform operations unique to that site or to achieve an
               educational objective. Specialized software may also include desktop operating systems
               that have not been defined as the standard system for the district. Specialized software
               includes:
                Netscape Internet Browsers
                Blue Bear
                Destination Math
                Catalog Plus
                Inspiration
                Reading Counts
                PDExpress

              Specialized Software Target Response/Turnaround: NIS will provide installation
               support, configuration support and technical assistance for specialized software problems
               on a “best effort” basis. Best effort is defined as utilizing NIS software knowledge to
               install or support an unfamiliar software application.

                  NIS cannot provide expert technical support for these software applications.

                  NIS cannot guarantee a resolution or turnaround time for specialized software
                   problems.

                  NIS will assist the client in acquiring support from the vendor of the specialized
                   software.

                  It is the client/site responsibility to obtain manuals and support from the original
                   vendor of the specialized software if NIS cannot provide a “best effort” resolution.


   Software Compliance Guidelines:

NIS is committed to supporting software compliance measures throughout the district. Compliance

measures insure that the district is not involved in software licensing violations. The following policies

will apply to requests for software installations:



              NIS will not install application software unless the client possesses a valid software
               license or other evidence of legal software ownership (stockroom receipt, original
               invoice).



                                                     96
                  Application software must be removed from a previous machine if the software is to be
                   moved to a new desktop system. NIS will not move application software between
                   desktop systems unless these guidelines have been followed.

                  New hardware is delivered with the operating system software pre-installed. A different
                   operating system will not be installed by NIS unless the client possesses a valid software
                   license or other evidence of legal software ownership.



Computer Operations Support:
Computer Operations support includes processing and printing of data requests and scheduled reports,
generation of queries, system backups, database maintenance and system monitoring.

To request support from Computer Operations, the client may open a work order with the Help Desk or fax a
completed NIS Work Request Form to (951)787-9534.

       Computer Operations Work Request:

                  Please print all information clearly when completing the form.
                  The client is responsible for entering the date submitted and a required date and time for
                   the completion of the request.
                  Please allow at least 5 business days lead time prior to your required date to insure that
                   your request can be completed on schedule.
                  Jobs can be scheduled throughout the year by specifying a Job Frequency on the form
                   (weekly, monthly, etc).
                  Contact NIS operations personnel for copies of the work request form.


       System Backups:

   The current schedule and devices scheduled for backup include:



                  Each night a full backup is performed on the SASI Student System data files at each site
                   and on the district server.

                  Each night a full backup is performed on the NIS Email servers.

                  The backup schedule is subject to change. NIS is working to include more efficient
                   backup schemes which will include backups of additional devices.



Network Support:

Network support includes the installation and maintenance of file servers, installation and maintenance of
the Wide Area Network, as well as, trouble-shooting and correcting connectivity problems.


       Network Support Guidelines:

                                                      97
                 All problems with connectivity to the network, which are not, associated with desktop
                  system malfunctions, are Network support issues.
                 Network related problems should be reported to the NIS Help Desk at (951) 276-2002.


       Network Support Target Response/Turnaround: Connectivity to the network is considered a
       critical function.

                 NIS will provide solutions to network related problems within 24 hours, excluding
                  problems associated with external vendors.
                 NIS will work with external vendor related problems to achieve minimal down time.

       Data Cabling Infrastructure

       You must contact the Network Services Department for any data cabling necessary for your site.
       Our Department will work with you to determine your needs, we will also call contractors to provide
       quotes for you. We have a Cabling Infrastructure Specification that we provide to all contractors that
       defines how work must be done in our District. Any work that has been done without involving the
       Network Services Department will not be allowed to access the District Wan.


Client Pre-Support Guidelines:

Prior to making a call for technical support, the client should perform some initial trouble-shooting and
documentation of the problem. In some cases, performing some minor trouble-shooting may eliminate the
need to open a technical support work order. The client can be up and running in a short amount of time.
The following steps should be performed prior to making a technical support request.

          Be sure that the computer is running anti-virus software and is utilizing the most recent anti-virus
           definition files. Call the Help Desk for information on installing anti-virus software and updated
           definition files.
          Be sure to run an anti-virus disk scan to eliminate the possibility of an infected system. This step
           should be done on a regular basis.
          Attempt to completely shutdown and restart your computer or printer.
          If you still experience problems, document any error messages that you receive, note the
           equipment make, model and RUSD tag number before calling the Help Desk to open a work
           order.




                                                      98
         APPENDIX III




HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS




              99
            COMPUTER STANDARDS
                July 27, 2005


Desktop             E-4300 6-Bay Mid-Tower Case
                        3.0 GHz Pentium 4 HT
                          40 GB Hard Drive
                           512 MB SDRAM
               48X/32X/48X CD-RW/DVD Combo Drive
                   Integrated 10/100/1000 Ethernet
                      Windows XP Professional
                           Microsoft Office
                     15” LCD Flat Panel Display
                            5-year Warranty
                               $1,140.00

               With optional 17” LCD Flat Panel Display
                              $1,180.00

 Laptop                     Gateway 460 E
                         1.6 GHz Pentium M
                          40 GB Hard Drive
                        512 MB DDR SDRAM
                      24X/10X/24X CD-RW and
                           8X DVD Combo
                          V.92 56K Modem
                   Integrated 10/100/1000 Ethernet
                      Windows XP Professional
                           Microsoft Office
                             15” monitor
                           5-year Warranty
                 5-year Accidental Damage Protection
                              $1,405.00

Tablet PC                   Gateway M275E
                          1.7 GHz Pentium M
                           40 GB Hard Drive
                        512 MB DDR SDRAM
                      24X/10X/24X CD-RW and
                            8X DVD Combo
                           V.92 56K Modem
                      Integrated 10/100 Ethernet
                    Windows XP Tablet PC Edition
                            Microsoft Office
                          Microsoft One Note
                   14.1” Screen with Rotating Hinge
                            5-year Warranty
                 5-year Accidental Damage Protection
                               $1,718.00




                      100
                     RIVERSIDE UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT
                        Technology Standards Committee
                         PRINTER PURCHASE MATRIX

                                August 3, 2005

 PRINTER MAKE             COST          DESCRIPTION           NETWORK
                                                             CONNECTION

      LOW END, LIGHT DUTY            APPROPRIATE FOR 1 TO 4 COMPUTERS

1. HP 1320N               $575.00     Low-end.               Network ready.
   Includes 3yr onsite                Black toner only.
   warranty                           Prints 22 pages/min.


           MEDIUM COST AND VOLUME APPROPRIATE FOR 1 TO 6
                             COMPUTERS

2. HP 2430DTN            $1,210.00    Medium volume.         Network ready.
      Includes 3yr                    Black toner only.
   onsite warranty                    Prints 35 pages/min.



      HIGH END, HEAVY DUTY           APPROPRIATE FOR 10-15 COMPUTERS

3. HP 4250N              $1,438.00    Heavy duty.            Network ready.
      Includes 3yr                    Black toner only.
   onsite warranty                    Prints 45 pages/min


                                      COLOR
4. HP3550N               $1,288.00    Prints 16ppm/Black     Network ready.
   Includes 3yr onsite                & Color
   warranty
5. HP2600N                $498.00     Prints 8ppm/Black      Network ready.
   Includes 3yr                       & Color
   return/replacement
   warranty




                                       101
                                PDA STANDARDS
                                 December 8, 2004


 Tungsten E                  Organization Software                 Approximate Cost:
  Handheld               High Resolution Color Screen                  $235.00
                 Word, Excel, Powerpoint, Outlook Compatibility
                              Expansion Card Slot
                                 32 MB Memory
                          Wireless Keyboard Optional
                                5-way Navigator
                                2 Year Warranty
 Tungsten C                  Organization Software                      $419.00
  Handheld               High Resolution Color Screen
                 Word, Excel, Powerpoint, Outlook Compatibility
                              Expansion Card Slot
                                 64 MB Memory
                            400 MHz Intel Processor
                                  Built-in WI-FI
                               Built-in Keyboard
                          Wireless Keyboard Optional
                                5-way Navigator
                                2 Year Warranty
 Tungsten T5                 Organization Software                      $419.00
  Handheld               High Resolution Color Screen
                 Word, Excel, Powerpoint, Outlook Compatibility
                              Expansion Card Slot
                                256 MB Memory
                     Portrait and Landscape Screen Views
                       Includes File Transfer Application
                        Bluetooth Wireless Technology
                          Wireless Keyboard Optional
                                2 Year Warranty
Palm Universal                 Optional Accessory                       $49.35
   Wireless            Works with Tungsten E, C and T5
  Keyboard

                  Price includes Sales Tax and Extended Warranty




                                        102
                     PROJECTOR STANDARDS
                          July 27, 2005


NEC VT470           SVGA (800x600) Resolution           Approximate Cost:
                         Portable with Case                 $998.00
                           Weight 6.4 Lbs.
                            Digital Zoom
                   2000 ANSI Lumens Brightness
              Lamp Life @ 50% Brightness – 2000 Hours
                          3 Year Warranty
NEC VT670           XGA (1024x768) Resolution               $1,300.00
                         Portable with Case
                           Weight 6.4 Lbs.
                            Digital Zoom
                   2100 ANSI Lumens Brightness
              Lamp Life @ 50% Brightness – 2000 Hours
                          3 Year Warranty
 TOSHIBA            Integrated Document Camera              $1,035.00
TDP-SC25U           SVGA (800x600) Resolution
Multimedia                 Weight 6.0 Lbs.
Projector &        2000 ANSI Lumens Brightness
 Document            One Year Technical Support
  Camera                  3 Year Warranty




                                  103
                     INTERACTIVE WHITE BOARD STANDARDS
                                December 8, 2004


Promethean             75 inch Diagonal Interactive White Board         Approximate Cost:
ACTIVboard                Includes 5-Year Extended Warranty                 $1,699.00
 Interactive
White Board

Promethean          Wireless Remote Device to Control White Board             $495.00
ACTIVslate
Promethean                    32 Pack Voting Device Kit                      $1,895.00
 ACTIVote
Promethean                 Stand for Interactive White Board                  $495.00
White Board
   Stand


    Pricing does not include taxes or shipping. Contact purchasing for updated pricing.




                                            104
                     Appendix IV


RIVERSIDE UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT
    Network and Information Systems




                MASTER

        SPECIFICATION
             FOR
        DATA CABLING

      INFRASTRUCTURE

                    Prepared By:
       Reuben Sanders, Director Network Services
           Network and Information Systems
                   Revised 5/14/05




                          105
I.     PROJECT OVERVIEW ....................................................................................... 3

II.    GENERAL SYSTEMS OVERVIEW .................................................................... 3

       A.    BACKBONE INFRASTRUCTURE CABLING FOR DATA .......................... 3
       B.    HORIZONTAL DATA NETWORK CABLING .............................................. 3

III.   GENERAL ENGINEERING AND DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS........................ 4

       A.    DOCUMENTS REFERENCED ................................................................... 4
       B.    CABLING SYSTEM INSTALLATION PRACTICES..................................... 6
       C.    TRENCHING............................................................................................... 6
       D.    UNDERGROUND CONDUIT ...................................................................... 7
       E.    VAULTS ...................................................................................................... 7
       F.    ABOVE GROUND CONDUIT ..................................................................... 7
       G.    PULL BOXES ............................................................................................. 8
       H.    PENETRATIONS AND CONDUIT BRACING ............................................. 8
       I.    EQUIPMENT ROOM .................................................................................. 8
       J.    SPECIAL DESIGN CASES –IDF TO ADJACENT BUILDINGS .................. 9

IV.    TYPICAL USER REQUIREMENTS .................................................................... 9

       A.    TYPICAL MAIN DISTRIBUTION FACILITY ................................................ 9
       B.    TYPICAL INTERMEDIATE DISTRIBUTION FACILITY .............................. 9
       C.    TYPICAL CLASSROOM ........................................................................... 10
       D.    TYPICAL OFFICE ..................................................................................... 10

V.     SPECIFIC SYSTEMS REQUIREMENTS ......................................................... 11

       A.    BACKBONE INFRASTRUCTURE CABLING ........................................... 11
       B.    HORIZONTAL NETWORK CABLING ....................................................... 14

VI.    INSTALLATION SPECIFICATION ................................................................... 16

       A.    SCOPE OF WORK ................................................................................... 16
       B.    REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................... 17
       C.    VENDOR QUALIFICATIONS .................................................................... 17
       D.    STANDARDS ............................................................................................ 18
       E.    DOCUMENTATION AND LABELING ....................................................... 19
       F.    ENGINEERING DRAWINGS .................................................................... 19
       G.    WARRANTIES .......................................................................................... 20
       H.    SUBMITTAL .............................................................................................. 20




                                                                    106
                             RIVERSIDE UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT
                             Information Technology General Specifications




Project Overview
  The objective of this project is to provide data cabling infrastructure to 44 schools in the Riverside
  Unified School District, located in Riverside, California. The 44 schools consist of 5 high schools, 6
  middle schools, 27 elementary, and 6 alternative education schools, each having multiple buildings
  located at each site. The infrastructure will be designed to facilitate a Data Network System. The
  installation of communications cabling is a specialized function, which should only be performed by
  companies and personnel who have established credentials.

     The implementation of the above system will allow for Internet access to each classroom, file and
     print sharing at all schools, district wide E-mail access for administration personnel, teachers, and
     students. The system’s design will be scaleable to support future expansion and increase
     functionality to include, but not limited to, VoIP (Voice Over Internet Protocol).


General Systems Overview
                           A.     Backbone Infrastructure Cabling for Data
             Backbone infrastructure cabling serves as a data pipeline that will connect Main
               Distribution Facility (MDF) to each Intermediate Distribution Facility (IDF)
             location. Data backbone infrastructure will consist of 6 strand, multi-mode fiber
                optic cable 18-strand hybrid 12 multi-mode fiber and 6-strand single mode
                optical cable that will be terminated on fiber patch panels at each MDF/IDF
               location. By design, we will utilize 2 fiber optic strands per each 48 ports on
                                               active hardware.

                              B.    Horizontal Data Network Cabling
                   The Data Network Cabling is also referred to as the horizontal cabling
               distribution. The horizontal cabling will supply a connection from an IDF to
              each individual workstation using Category 6 modular jack in each classroom
              and office. The horizontal cabling will be Category 6 cable, which will be run
                from a Category 6-patch panel at the IDF to individual Category 6 modular
                                                   jacks.

               Category 6 is the minimum requirement for all horizontal cabling. As new
             cabling standards are approved by EIA/TIA they will automatically become the
                                        defacto District standard.


General Engineering and Design Considerations
  This section of the document is intended to highlight all applicable engineering standards and codes that
  must be taken into consideration during the design phase of all sites. The references to standards and
  codes will be made in general terms, since the scope of this project includes many sites with varying
  complexities of construction, layout, and needs. Detailed plans and code references will be made on a
  site-by-site basis, as designs are generated for review, and approved by the district.
                                                   107
   The Riverside Unified School District requires a Tyco Electronics AMP NETCONNECT structured
   cabling system or a Superior/Essex or General/Leviton structured cabling system, or equivalent. The
   cabling system(s) shall be backed by a minimum 25-year factory system performance warranty between
   the Riverside Unified School District and the cabling manufacturer. All companies bidding, submitting
   proposals, or engaged in any way, must provide a certificate of authorization to facilitate the warranty
   with all responses to Requests for Proposals, Requests for Quotation, or any other pricing method. The
   authorization must be in force a minimum of one (1) year prior to the beginning of any work. Not site
   certifications shall be accepted. The companies shall provide a list of references, five (5) minimum, of
   work for other school districts encompassing a similar scope in which either of the two approved
   systems was approved for factory warranty.


      This document embraces the following codes and standards:
             ANSI/EIA/TIA-607
             ANSI/EIA.TIA-606
             ANSI/EIA/TIA-568A
             ANSI/EIA/TIA-569
             EIA/TIA TSB 67
             EIA/TIA TSB 75

A. Documents referenced and considered to be District accepted standard practices:
      1.  TIA/EIA-568-B.1 (ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.1-2001)
          Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard – Part 1
      2.  TIA/EIA-568-B.1-1 (ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.1-1-2001)
          Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard – Part 1:
          General Requirements – Addendum 1 – Minimum 4-pair UTP and 4-pair
          ScTP Patch Cable Bend Radius
      3.  TIA/EIA-568-B.2 (ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.2-2001
          Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard – Part 2:
          Balanced Twisted Pair Cabling Components
      4.  TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 (ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1-2002)
          Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard – Part 2:
          Balanced Twisted Pair Cabling Components – Addendum 1
      5.  TIA/EIA-568-B.2-2 (ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.2-2-2001)
          Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard – Part 2:
          Balanced Twisted Pair Cabling Components – Addendum 2
      6.  TIA/EIA-568-B.2-3 (ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.2-3-2002)
          Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard – Part 2:
          Balanced Twisted Pair Cabling Components – Addendum 3 – Additional
          Considerations for Insertion Loss and Return Loss Pass/Fail Determination
      7.  TIA/EIA-568-B.3 (ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.3-2000)
          Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard
      8.  TIA/EIA-569A (ANSI/TIA/EIA-569-A-98)
          Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces
      9.  TIA/EIA-569-A-1 (ANSI/TIA/EIA-569-A-1-2000)
          Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces – Addendum 1
      10. TIA/EIA-569-A-2 (ANSI/TIA/EIA-569-A-2-2000)
          Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces – Addendum 2
      11. TIA/EIA-569-A-3 (ANSI/TIA/EIA-569-A-3-2000)
          Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces – Addendum 3
      12. TIA/EIA-569-A-4 (ANSI/TIA/EIA-569-A-4-2000)
          Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces – Addendum 4
      13. TIA/EIA-569-A-5 (ANSI/TIA/EIA-569-A-5-2001)
                                                   108
      Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces – Addendum 5 –
      In Floor Systems
14.   TIA/EIA-569-A-7 (ANSI/TIA/EIA-569-A-7-2001)
      Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces – Addendum 7 –
      Cable Trays and Wirelines
15.   TIA/EIA-758 (ANSI/TIA/EIA-758-99)
      Customer-Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Cabling Standard
16.   TIA/EIA-758-1 (ANSI/TIA/EIA-758-1-1999)
      Customer-Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Cabling Standard - Addendum 1
17.   TIA/EIA-606 (ANSI/TIA/EIA-606-93)
      Administration Standards for the Telecommunications Infrastructure of Commercial Buildings
18.   TIA/EIA-607 (ANSI/TIA/EIA-607-94)
      Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications
19.   TIA/EIA-854 (ANSI/TIA/EIA-854-2001)
      Full Duplex Ethernet Specification for 1000 Mbis/s (1000 BASE-TX) Operating over Category
      6 Balanced Twisted-Pair Cabling
20.   TSB125
      Guidelines for Maintaining Optical Fiber Polarity Through Reverse Pair Positioning
21.   Building Industry Consulting Services International (BICSI)
      Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual




                                           109
   B.      Cabling System Installation Practices
           1. Cable tie devices shall not be utilized at any time. Only Velcro strap devices are
              permitted. Velcro straps are to be utilized in the MDFs, BDFs, and IDFs at a maximum
              interval of three (3) feet.
           2. All pull rope devices are t be replaced in all pathways for future use.
           3. All intra-building cabling shall be routed either parallel or at right angles to the building
              structure and/or walls.
           4. All innerduct shall be supported at a minimum of twelve (12) inches if running vertical
              and forty-eight (48) inches if running horizontal.
           5. No cabling is to be pulled through L-bend devices. If L-bend devices are pre-existing and
              it is determined, at the review of the District’s representative that sufficient space in the
              conduit is available, the contractor shall remove the L-bend cap and pull the cable to and
              beyond the cap, then carefully pulled beyond the cap.
           6. Communications cabling shall never be tied to power cables or devices, lighting systems,
              or co-exist in any pathway with power cabling.
           7. Any visible damage to a cable such as kinks or bends in violation of the minimum bend
              radius shall render the cable segment defective and shall be removed and replaced.

           All materials shall be new, unused, and delivered to job site in original manufacturer or
           distributor cartons or packages. No previously installed material shall be used at any time.


   C.      Trenching
           NIS will contact DigAlert 800-227-2600 and notify them of the trenching requirement. DigAlert will notify all utility companies and will
           come to the site to verify where all underground utilities are located.


           Prior to any trenching, contractor must mark the proposed paths with White spray paint. NIS will notify Maintenance and Operations of
           trenching that is to take place, and will provide an opportunity for M&O to request changes and verify that their future conduit needs are
           met.


           Trenching is necessary to run conduit from one building to the next. A typical trench will be 24 inches deep in non-traffic areas, and 36
           inches deep in traffic areas, as outlined in EIA/TIA 569, Section 9.4.1.



           The trench will house underground rated non-metallic conduit, to include: fiber optic and
           exterior Category 6 cables. The conduit carrying electrical cable shall be separated from the
           other conduits, by a minimum distance of 12 inches, as per EIA/TIA 569, Table 10.4-1.

           All trenches will be backfilled with dirt and sand, and compacted to 95% as outlined in UBC
           Chapter 33, Section 3313.4. The trenches will be covered with concrete or asphalt where
           appropriate, and all lawn areas where trenching has been performed will have the lawn cuts
           restored to their locations upon completion.

   D.     Underground Conduit
Non-metallic conduit will be used in underground applications. The conduit will adhere to all guidelines

listed in NEC article 343.


           1.         Sizing
                      Conduit sizing will take into account the number, size, and type of cabling used and
                      will adhere to a 40% fill ratio. Conduit sizing will be done in accordance with NEC
                      Chapter 9, Table 4, and EIA/TIA 569, Table 5.2-1.

           2.         Bends

                                                                    110
                  All conduit bends shall comply with NEC article 343-10 and 343-11, and EIA/TIA
                  569, Section 4.4.2.1.

           3.     Pull Cords
                  Fish tape or pull cords shall be placed in all installed conduit in accordance with
                  EIA/TIA 569, Section 4.4.2.3.

           4.     Labeling
                  At each vault location, tag each conduit for data after cable placement. In addition,
                  the label should include information regarding which vault the conduit is routed to
                  and from.

   E.      Vaults
           Vaults shall be installed where conduit branching from the main feed is provided, or when
           there are more than two 90-degree turns in the conduit, as specified in EIA/TIA 569, Section
           9.3.2.3.6. The vault size should be appropriate for the amount of cabling used. ALL
           CONDUITS SHALL ENTER VAULTS FROM THE SIDES, NOT THE BOTTOM.
           Underground sweeps shall be provided for fiber optic cables.

   F.     Above Ground Conduit
Metal conduit will be used above ground to connect to the public boxes outside of the buildings. The

conduit design and installation shall adhere to NEC article 345.


           1.     Sizing
                  Conduit sizing will take into account the number, size, and type of cabling used and
                  will adhere to a 40% fill ratio. Conduit sizing will be done in accordance with NEC
                  Chapter 9, Table 4, and EIA/TIA 569, Table 5.2-1.

           2.     Grounding and Bonding
                  All conduit runs shall be grounded and bonded where necessary in accordance with
                  EIA/TIA Appendix A-5.

           3.     Bends
                  All conduit bends shall comply with NEC article 345-10 and 345-11, and EIA/TIA
                  569, Section 4.4.2.1.

           4.     Pull Cords
                  Fish tape or pull cords shall be placed in all installed conduit in accordance with
                  EIA/TIA 569, Section 4.4.2.3.

           5.     Corrosion Protection
                  Connections between the non-metallic underground conduit and the metallic above
                  ground conduit will use sealtight.

   G.      Pull Boxes
           Pull boxes shall be provided for all buildings at the point where cabling enters the building.
           The pull boxes are to be mounted onto the outside wall of the building, at an elevation of 7
           feet. The pull box dimensions will be 2 ft x 2 ft x 8 inches or 12 inch x 12 inch x 4 inches. In
           the event that an outside mounted pull box is not practical, direct conduit penetration into the
           building, through the foundation will be considered. This action will require specific review
           and sign off by the District.

                                                 111
    H.   Penetrations and Conduit Bracing
         Penetrations shall be made from the pull boxes, through walls, directly. There shall be no
         roof penetrations. All holes remaining after wall penetration should be sealed to conform to
         the existing building wall construction (i.e. stucco, wood, etc.). Additionally, all exterior
         conduit shall be braced vertically oriented. There shall be no horizontal runs of conduit along
         exterior walls and no conduit runs on roof tops. All pull boxes and conduit braces should be
         anchored with the proper size lag bolts to anchor systems into the wall studs. The anchoring
         system of all wall-mounted equipment should comply with manufacturer specification,
         accounting for credible earthquake forces.

    I.   Equipment Room (MDF)
         1.   Site Selection
              Careful consideration is required in the selection of the ideal site for equipment
              placements. Site selection should comply with all provisions of EIA/TIA 569,
              Section 8.2.1; including the following:

                a.   Floor Loading
                     If equipment room is not on ground level or a basement, the floor support system
                     should be designed for distribution loading greater than 250 lbf/ft2, and a
                     concentrated loading should be greater than 1000 lbf over the area of the greatest
                     stress to be specified. EIA/TIA 569, Section 8.2.1.2.

                b.   Room Size
                     An allowance shall be made for non-uniform occupancy throughout the building.
                     Provide 0.75 ft2 of equipment room space for every 100 ft2 of workstation space,
                     or a minimum of 150 ft2, whichever is greater, in accordance with EIA/TIA 569,
                     Section 8.2.2.3.

                c.   Water Infiltration
                     The equipment room shall be free of water infiltration in accordance with
                     EIA/TIA 569, Section 8.2.1.3.

                d.   Environmental Requirements
                     The equipment room should be provided with temperature control equipment
                     (HVAC) to maintain the temperature inside the room between 64-75 degrees
                     Fahrenheit, while the equipment is operating, in accordance with EIA/TIA 569,
                     Section 8.2.3.6.2.

                e.   Power Requirements
                     A separate power supply serving the equipment room shall be provided and
                     terminating at its own electrical panel, in accordance with EIA/TIA 569, Section
                     8.2.3.9.1.

    J.   Special Design Cases-IDF to Adjacent Buildings
         In the event that a building with minor data needs is located nearby another building with an
         IDF. Connectivity will be provided as if it were a horizontal run from the IDF to the adjacent
         building, there are some conditions that must be met. The total cable length from the IDF to
         the jacks in the adjacent building must be less than 300 feet. Category 6 cable will be used.
         This should be done while maintaining the 25-year manufacturers warranty.


Typical User Requirements
    A.   Typical Main Distribution Facility (MDF)

                                               112
     Each individual Riverside school shall have one MDF location, which is usually located in
     the administration office. All data cables will be terminated at the MDF location. A free
     standing 7 foot rack or Encore 48” locking cabinets will be used, the decision as to which one
     will be at the discretion of the District.

B.   Typical Intermediate Distribution Facility (IDF)-Data system
     Each individual building shall have one IDF location. The IDF location will be determined
     by the District, after considering various environmental and functional factors. A properly
     sized Encore locking cabinet shall be used. In special cases, a building with only minor data
     requirements will not be provided with its own IDF. If such buildings are less than 300 ft
     (total cable length) from the building with an IDF, a Category 6 cable will be used to provide
     connectivity from the IDF.

C.   Typical Classroom
     A typical classroom installation will use Category 6 cable inside a plastic molded raceway
     from patch panel to duplex or quad surface mounted outlets. The center of the receptacle
     outlets shall be installed not less than 15 inches above the floor or working platform, to
     comply with Article 210 of the Americans with Disabilities Act.

     1.     Classroom 1 Data drop (teacher drop)
            a. A duplex surface mounted data outlet shall be installed in each classroom.
            b. Each outlet shall be cabled with Category 6 cables terminating to a Category 6
                modular jack. Each jack will be Category 6 RJ-45 with a 110 termination using
                568B wiring standards.

     2.     Classroom 5 Data drop (student drops). Adjustments to this number may be made at
            the discretion of the District.
            a. Surface mounted data outlets shall be installed in each classroom.
            b. Each outlet shall be 24 AWG, 4-pair UTP, UL/NEC CMP Rated, with a plenum-
                 rated jacket. Cable shall be UL listed under file number E138034 terminating to
                 Category 6 modular jacks. Each jack will be Category 6 RJ-45 with a 110
                 termination using 568B wiring standards. The location of jacks will be
                 determined at walk through.

     3.     Raceways
            a. A Wiremold 2300 or 5400 raceway system shall be used for surface mount
                applications and screw mounted into wall studs at intervals not to exceed 3 feet.
            b. Plastic moldings shall be installed to the station outlets branching off the main
                cable routes.

D.   Typical Office
     A typical office will be cabled with Category 6 cable inside a Wiremold raceway system
     from a patch panel to a duplex surface mounted outlet, which is provided for each faculty
     personnel.


     1.     Principal's Office
            a. Shall have a single gang mounted with 1 data outlet in two locations or one single
                gang mounted with 2 data outlets on each wall. An additional voice drop is
                required for non-VoIP systems and can be installed in the same outlet.
            b. Each outlet shall be cabled with Category 6 cable, terminating to a Category 6
                modular jack. Each jack will be a Category 6 RJ-45 with a 110 termination using
                568B wiring standards.

                                           113
         2.   Office 1 Data drops (faculty drop)
              a. A duplex surface mounted 1 data outlet shall be installed in each office.
              b. Each outlet shall be cabled with Category 6 cables terminating to a Category 6
                  modular jack. Each jack will be Category 6 RJ-45 with a 110 termination using
                  568B wiring standards.

         3.   Raceways
              a. A Wiremold raceway system shall be used for surface mount applications and
                  screw mounted into wall studs at intervals not to exceed 3 feet.
              b. Plastic molding shall be installed to the station outlets branching off the main
                  cable routes.


Specific Systems Requirements
    A.   Backbone Infrastructure Cabling – Data
         1.   Backbone Fiber Optic Cabling: The distributed cabling architecture will require one 6
              strand fiber optic cable for backbone connectivity between the MDF and each IDF.
         2.   The optical fiber cable shall contain 6 tight-buffered multimode (62.5/125) fibers
              surrounded by aramid strength members and a PVC outer jacket. The cable shall
              have a UL rating OFNR (Riser) or OFNP (Plenum) where needed. The cable shall
              have an outside diameter of 7.1 mm. The cable jacket shall be orange. The cable
              shall provide a maximum attenuation of 3.5 db/km @ 850 nm and 1.5 db/km @
              1300nm. The optical fiber cable shall be AMP/Pirelli part number
              06MBHNTATJRNN (Riser) or 06MBHNTATJPNN (Plenum), or equivalent. Fiber
              cable shall meet or exceed ISO/IEC 11801:1995 and TIA/EIA-568-B.1 and B.3.

                                        Outdoor                 OFNR                   OFNP
                   AMP                2-1664096-5            2-1664038-1           2-2-1664039-1
              General                 BG0064M1M             BG00611PNR              BG0061PNU
              Superior                23006-5G01             43006-5G01             44006-5G01

         3.   A standard 4 feet service loop shall be provided at the end of each fiber optic cable
              run.
         4.   A 2m duplex, multi-mode, fiber optic patch cable is to be provided for each main
              fiber connection at both the MDF and IDF location (1 per active hardware port). A 2-
              meter SC to SC duplex, 50/125 multi-mode, fiber optic patch cable is to be provided
              for each main fiber connection at both the MDF and IDF location. A minimum of
              two (2) per 6-strands of fiber optic cable installed. Acceptable part numbers are:
              AMP 504969-2 and Leviton 50-DSC-MO2 or equivalent.
         5.   All new fiber optic terminations shall use SC connectors with ceramic ferrules. All
              18 multi-mode fibers shall have SC connections. Acceptable part numbers are: AMP
              1278079-1 and Leviton 49884-MSC.
         6.   MDF fiber patch shall be a rack mountable multi-fiber enclosure with required
              brackets, panels, and related hardware to terminate multiple, fiber optic cables.
              Acceptable part numbers are: AMP 559542-2 for up to 24 fibers, AMP 559614-2 for
              up to 48 fibers, AMP 559522-2 for up to 72 fibers; Leviton 5R460-00N for up to 36
              fibers, 5R760-00N for up to 48 fibers, and Leviton 5R960-00N for up to 96 fibers or
              equivalent. One 6-port SC duplex panel shall be installed for every 6-strands of fiber
              optic cable installed. Acceptable part numbers are AMP 559558-1 and Leviton
              5F100-3BC or equivalent.
         7.   All fiber optic cabling is to be terminated and tested at the MDF and IDF locations.
              Testing shall meet or exceed TIA/EIA-568-A and TIA/EIA-568-B.1 ANDB.3.
         8.   All exposed fiber optic cable shall be enclosed in inner-duct to a maximum 40 percent
              fill ratio Inner-duct is not required within inter-building conduit.
                                               114
 9.    All empty slots in fiber enclosures are to be fitted with blank panels. Acceptable part
       numbers are: AMP 559523-1 and Leviton 5F100BPP or equivalent.
 10.   MDF/IDF UTP Termination Equipment
       a. The horizontal cross-connect for data circuits shall consist of patch cords from
            the horizontal Category 6 termination panels to the network equipment within the
            same or adjacent racks. The MDF horizontal data cross-connect shall be
            contained in 19”x 7’ rack(s) or free standing lockable cabinet, the IDF shall be
            terminated in a appropriately sized Encore ESW Guardian locking cabinet or
            equivalent. Patch panels shall be 24 or 48 modular jack ports, wired to T568B,
            with wire management. Patch panels shall terminate the building cabling on 110-
            style insulation displacement connectors. Patch panels must be UL listed under
            file number E81956. Acceptable part numbers are: AMP 24-port 1375014-1,
            48-port 1375015-1; Leviton 24-port 69586-U24, 48-port 69586-U48 or
            equivalent.
       b. A 1U horizontal cable management bracket shall be installed immediately below
            each patch panel. Acceptable part numbers are: AMP 558329-1 and Leviton
            49253-BCM or equivalent.
 11.   No splicing is permitted anywhere for any fiber optic or copper cabling.
 12.   Fiber Test Parameters
       a. Backbone multimode fiber shall be tested at both 850nm and 1300 nm in one
           direction. Backbone single-mode fiber shall be tested at both 1310nm and
           1550nm. Test set up and performance shall be conducted in accordance with
           ANSI/EIA/TIA-526-14 Standard, Method B.
       b. Where concentrated links are installed to complete a circuit between devices, the
           Contractor shall test each link from end to end to ensure the performance of the
           system. After the link performance test has been successfully completed, all
           patch cords shall be installed to complete, and then the entire channel shall be
           tested. The evaluation criteria shall be established between Riverside
           Unified School District and the contractor prior to the start of the test. The
           values for calculating loss shall be those defined in the ANSI/TIA/EIA Standard.
       c. Attenuation testing shall be performed with a stable launch condition using two-
           meter jumpers to attach the test equipment to the cable plant. The light source
           shall be left in place after calibration and the power meter moved to the far end to
           take measurements.
       d. Any fiber optic pairs not meeting the minimum ANSI/EIA/TIA Standard
           specifications shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the option of the
           District.
       e. Where required, each cable shall be tested with an Optical Time Domain
           Reflectometer (OTDR) to verify installed cable length. The OTDR
           measurements for length shall be performed in accordance with EIA/TIA-455-60.

                     Typical Fiber Optic Test Standards
                                Multi-mode                 Single-mode
  Test Parameters           850nm and 1300nm            1310nm and 1550nm
                               50/125 micron              8.3/125 micron
 Max. Attenuation
     (dB/km)                        2.6/2.0                      0.70/0.70
Minimum Bandwidth
    (MHz-km)                       500-500


 13.   The contractor shall be responsible for the successful testing of all copper and fiber
       optic terminations per TIA/EIA- 568-A specifications and ANSI/EIA/TIA Standard
       respectfully.
                                     115
           a.   The installation shall be tested to meet or exceed the TIA/EIA-568-A Channel
                test specifications. Any discrepancies are to be resolved prior to acceptance by
                the district. Testing is to ensure performance to TIA/EIA-568-A Category 6 up
                to 250 MHz.
           b. Prior to the acceptance tests, an acceptance test plan is to be provided to the
                District for their approval. In addition, the District will be advised prior to
                Contractor starting tests, so that District management, and/or appointed
                representatives, may witness tests.
           c. All cable and termination hardware shall be 100% tested for defects in
                installation and to verify cable performance under installed conditions. All
                conductors of each installed cable shall be verified usable by the contractor prior
                to system acceptance. Any defect in the cable system installation including but
                not limited to cable, connectors, feed through couplers, patch panels, and
                connector blocks shall be repaired or replaced in order to ensure 100% useable
                conductors in all cables installed. Twisted pair cables shall be tested using a
                Class II cable analyzer. All installed cabling shall be 100% tested and certified.
           d. Test documentation shall be provided in a three ring binder(s) within three weeks
                after the completion of the project. The binder(s) shall be clearly marked on the
                outside front cover and spine with the words “Test Results,” project name, and
                date of completion (month and year). The binder shall be divided by major
                heading tabs, Horizontal and Backbone.
     14.   At the District’s direction, the contractor will perform additional random testing
           which shall consist of a random sample of up to 10% of each installed distribution
           system. The contractor shall assume responsibility for providing proper test
           equipment and staff to conduct tests. The District representative shall witness the
           tests.
     15.   Should the initial 10% test not be 100% successful (all drops testing over Category 6
           up to 250 MHz), the Contractor shall assume responsibility to repair/replace non-
           passing links, at the discretion of the District, and the links to re-verify and
           resubmitted. A 20% random sample shall then be conducted to ensure proper
           performance of the system.
     16.   Should there be a failure in this re-test, the vendor shall be responsible to repeat the
           re-test procedure until such time as all cabling is verified.


B.   Horizontal Cabling
     1.    Workstation wiring will be Category 6, 4-pair, 24 AWG, UTP cable as defined in
           EIA/TIA 568-A Draft 11 CMP or CMR depending upon the environment.
           a. Acceptable products shall meet or exceed EIA/TIA 568B Draft 11, certified
              Category 6. Part numbers are:
                           CMP                   CMR
           AMP          219560-6               219567-5
           Superior     66-246-2A              66-246-2B
           General      7131688                7133707

     2.    Buildings/locations served will utilize a network of false-ceiling bundle, surface-
           mount raceways, and/or conduit (underground, overhead) for all data related cable
           installation as per drawings. The Contractor is to confirm that the installation will
           adhere to all applicable building and fire codes including NEC and UL Listings.
     3.    All distribution horizontal Category 6 cables shall be terminated at the appropriate
           number of rack mounted Category 6 patch panels.
     4.    Category 6 patch cords and drop cords shall be provided. One (1) 1-meter cord or 2-
           meter cord for the MDF/IDF and one (1) 2-meter cord for each outlet jack port.
           Acceptable part numbers are: AMP 1-meter 219886-3, 2-meter 219886-7; Leviton
                                         116
      62460-3, 2-meter 62460-7 or equivalent. In instances were longer cords are required,
      the contractor is to clarify the requirement with the District before installing any
      longer cords.
5.    A standard 12-inch service loop shall be provided at the end (IDF) of each UTP cable
      run.
6.    In plenum return locations, any required cabling that is not completely installed in
      conduit, shall be plenum rated.
7.    All inter-building cabling shall be duct rated (voice tie cable, backbone and backbone
      extension fiber optic, not including horizontal fiber).
8.    The cable routing to all work locations will be above false-ceilings, in crawl space
      access, in existing interior or exterior conduit, conduit risers, and/or in surface
      mounted raceway systems. No cabling shall be exposed except for patch cables
      between fiber patch, wiring termination equipment and active hardware, inside locked
      cabinets.
9.    All horizontal distribution cable shall be installed in one continuous segment from the
      IDF, to the wall plate, (Home Run): no splicing or consolidation points, unless
      approved by the District.
10.   Each home run will consist of appropriate number of drops as specified on drawings.
      Workstation terminations are marked with a triangle symbol.
11.   All cable that must be surface mounted must run at right angles to the walls and
      ceiling, emanating from a central run from the IDF.
12.   All surface mount raceways must be screw-mounted to wall studs at intervals not to
      exceed 3 feet.
13.   All cable installed above false ceilings must emanate from the IDF in one bundled
      group and cable tied to suspension wires so as not to lay on top of ceiling tiles, wiring,
      ducting, electrical conduit, lighting fixtures or other equipment existing above the
      false ceiling. All cabling not in conduit shall be supported by j-hook hardware at
      maximum 5-foot intervals. Velcro straps shall secure the cable bundle at intervals not
      to exceed 5 feet.
14.   All cable installed below floors and in crawl spaces must emanate from the IDF or
      Locking Cabinet in one bundled group, Velcro strapped mounted into floor joists
      using wire saddle type accessories at intervals not to exceed 5 feet.
15.   Workstation Terminations: Following is the standard wiring configuration for all
      workstation locations:
      a. Outlets with one or two terminations will use one single-gang, dual port
           faceplates. Acceptable part numbers are: AMP 557505-1 and Leviton 42080-2IS
           or equivalent.
      b. Outlets with three or four terminations will use one single-gang, four-port
           faceplates. Acceptable part numbers are: AMP 558088-1 and Leviton 42080-
           4IS. All unused ports shall be filled with blank inserts: AMP 406339-1 and
           Leviton 41084-BIB or equivalent.
      c. The 568B wiring method shall be adhered to for all wall outlet jacks and
           MDF/IDF patch panel terminations.
16.   UPT Test Parameters
      a. All cabling – continuity, opens, breaks, shorts, and grounds.
      b. Near-end cross talk, impedance, capacitance, and resistance.

                 Minimum Installed Link Test Standards
                          Attenuation          Power Sum
             Frequency      dB/1000'            Near-End
                          (Worst Pair)      Cross-Talk (dB)
                                              (Worst Pair)
              250mhz            67                32.7


                                     117
                                    Minimum Cable Performance Standards
          Impedance                       100 ohms +/-25 ohms
                                          @ 200-250mhz
          Delay Skew                        25 max ns/100m maximum
          DC Resistance                     9.38 ohms/100m maximum
          Attenuation                       32.8 db/100m maximum at 20dg C
          PS-ACR                            3.5 db/100m minimum
          PS-NEXT                           36.3 db/100m at 250mhz



Installation Specification
    A.   Scope of Work
         1.     As it is not practical to enumerate in these specifications all details of fittings and
                accessory equipment required for proper operation of the system herein described. It
                is understood that they will be supplied by the Contractor in accordance with
                manufacturers’ installation standards, without extra compensation.
         2.     All MDF/IDF UTP and multi-pair cable runs will be secured with appropriate wire
                management systems.
         3.     Contractor to coordinate locations of all components with other trades and electrical
                systems prior to installation to avoid conflicts.
         4.     The documentation detailing the scope of work MUST include all labor and materials
                necessary for the installation of a fiber-optic and copper cable plant data distribution
                system at the Riverside Unified School District. The quote MUST provide a detailed
                cost breakdown for materials and labor.
                         Data system includes:
                         Workstation outlets
                         Horizontal wire distribution (link)
                         Tight-buffer fiber optic cable
                         Copper and fiber optic termination
                         Raceway installation
                         Acceptance testing
                         Documentation and labeling

    B.   Requirements
         Throughout this document, the terms “contractor” and “vendor” are often used. Unless
         indicated, these terms are interchangeable. Following is a brief description of
         vendor/contractor responsibilities with respect to this cable installation. The installing
         contractor shall:
         1.      Provide equipment and labor to render the cabling system complete and operable for
                 all outlet locations, as specified within this document and related architectural and
                 engineering plans.
         2.      Roof penetrations are not allowed under any circumstances. Additionally, there shall
                 be no conduit runs on roof tops, or horizontally along exterior walls without District
                 authorization.
         3.      Incorporate the horizontal distribution systems described in these specifications and
                 illustrated in the drawings.
         4.      Provide hardware and cable dressing to be consistent with layout and appearance as
                 directed by these specifications.
         5.      Coordinate current construction schedules to be provided by the District.
         6.      Coordinate with other trades, ensuring that installed cable and equipment is not
                 damaged by other construction activity.

                                               118
           7.     The District reserves the right to issue other contracts in connection with the
                  installation of the system, and the vendor shall afford any such vendors reasonable
                  opportunity for the installation and execution of their work, and shall properly
                  connect and coordinate its work with theirs as required.
           8.     The contractor shall bear the costs of all shipping to the site and of all unusual storage
                  requirements. Make appropriate arrangements, and coordinate with authorized
                  personnel at the site, for the proper acceptance, handling, protection, and storage of
                  equipment so delivered.
           9.     Upon completion of above tests for all installed cabling and wiring, contractor is to
                  submit machine readable files and a written report presenting test results, including
                  numerical values, where applicable, for all measurements for review prior to
                  demonstration and final “acceptance testing.”
           10.    With the above report, submit written certification that the installation conforms to
                  specifications, is complete, and is ready for inspection testing.

   C.      Vendor Qualifications
The designated wire and cabling contractor shall maintain and have available for inspection:




           1.     A valid California C-7, low-voltage contractor’s license.
           2.     Appropriate liability and workers compensation insurance.
           3.     Certification from appropriate manufacturers ensuring the qualifications of the
                  contractor's installation team for 110 style termination hardware, surface mounted
                  multi-channel raceway systems, copper horizontal distribution systems, fiber optic
                  cable and ST and SC type fiber-optic cable terminations.
           4.     Specialized equipment and materials shall be provided by an authorized factory
                  distribution to ensure proper specification adherence, final connection, test, turnover,
                  warranty compliance, and service.
           5.     The supplier shall maintain sufficient stock on hand and have a fully equipped service
                  organization capable of guaranteeing an agreed upon response time to service
                  completed systems.
           6.     A fingerprint check must be provided for all personnel working on School sites,
                  performed by the Department of Justice, pursuant to California Education Code
                  Section 45125.1.

   D.      Standards
           The installing contractor shall adhere to all building, regulatory, equipment vendor, and
           Riverside Unified School District standards applicable to the project. These standards are to
           include, but not limited to the following:

           1.     Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents, the
                  contractor shall comply with applicable provisions and recommendation of the
                  following:
                  a. The cabling and components will carry Underwriters Laboratory (UL) Listing,
                       and be appropriately classified for all installations.
                  b. National Electric Code (NEC) for 2005 and Riverside municipal code available
                       through the city clerk.
                  c. Apply for and acquire all required permits and inspections from regulatory
                       agencies.
           2.     Work shall be performed in accordance with all applicable requirements of all
                  governing codes, rules, and regulations including the following minimum standards,
                  whether statutory or not:
                                                 119
            Uniform Building Code (UBC)
            National Electric Code (NEC)
            National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
            City, State, and other codes and requirements
     3.     All equipment must be registered with the FCC and approved for direct access to the
            line connections of the public Telephone Company.
     4.     All equipment must be listed by Underwriters Laboratories or a nationally recognized
            testing laboratory empowered by the United States Occupational Safety and Health
            Administration to issue listing names that are equal to UL.
     5.     Fixed wall terminations shall be a modular universal application RJ-45 type,
            accepting most phone and data plugs.
     6.     Surface-mount wall terminations shall be a universal application RJ-45 type, housed
            in a dual or quad outlet attached to plastic raceway system.
     7.     Splicing of fiber or copper is not permitted between MDF and any IDF, or between
            any IDF and workstation connection. Any cabling used should never be spliced.
     8.     The installing Contractor shall provide hardware, cable dressing, and wire
            management systems to be consistent with layout and appearance to acceptable
            communications industry standards for a “neat” installation without causing undue
            stress on the cabling.
     9.     Dress all cables with Velcro straps. Cable ties are not allowed.

E.   Documentation and Labeling
     1.     All cables, outlets, and terminations shall be machine labeled and designated as
            specified below:
            a. The format for the outlet labeling will be one alphabetic letter (D for data)
                 followed by one or two digit drop number.

                 Sample outlet label on wall will be as follows:
                   D14 Data drop, drop number 14

            b.   IDF/LIU labeling MUST be inside a properly sized locking cabinet, which
                 corresponds with each building number per site drawing design

                 Sample IDF labeling inside locking cabinet:
                   IDF 5 IDF number 5, building 5

            c.   Each MDF location will include a floor plan layout map labeled with the drop
                 numbers and their corresponding location in the room. Each map should display
                 each cable number serviced from the MDF and the drop’s physical location on
                 the map designated with a triangle outlet marking.

F.   Engineering Drawings
     As a condition of acceptance of the cabling system, the contractor shall provide the
     following:

     1.     Three copies of redline markups are to be provided on clean prints of drawings on 11”
            x 17” paper. The Contractor is to provide “cable run lists” in a format that clearly
            identifies and labels each cable run, the terminating locations, the type of cable, and
            the type and number of conductors in each cable in the run. The drawings should
            include building labeling that match the actual names of the building.
     2.     A map for each IDF with data jack location and labeling should be provided. A copy
            of this map should be placed in the IDF cabinets.
     3.     Installation and instruction manuals will be supplied as a condition of acceptance of
            the distribution cabling system. Three complete copies will be delivered: one for
                                           120
     Network and Information Systems, one for Maintenance and Operations, and one to
     be stored on-site. This manual must provide service information, test procedures,
     inter-cabling diagrams, and parts lists. The manual must contain “as built” schematic
     wiring diagrams for data distribution, including the termination labeling (jack
     numbers) and corresponding termination location identification within the MDF and
     any IDF locations. This shall be provided as a matrix on disk in machine-readable
     spreadsheets in Excel format. The labeling information should also be pasted onto the
     site maps.

                              G.      Warranties
1.   The Contractor facilitate a manufacturer’s warranty on the cable plant system, in
     writing, against defects in workmanship and material for a minimum of twenty five
     years after final acceptance or from the date of first usage of the work by Owner
     personnel. The warranty must also include a system warranty for performance
     specifications to meet or exceed the industry accepted standards at the time of
     installation. The warranty shall include all future applications that are designed to
     operate on a 200mhz platform. The first usage date shall be agreed to be in writing by
     the owner and contractor within five (5) working days of first usage. During this
     time, the entire system must be kept in proper operating condition at no additional
     labor or material cost to the District.
2.   The manufacturer of the major components will maintain a replacement parts
     department and provide test equipment when needed. A complete parts department
     will be located in a geographical proximity consistent with rendering service within
     the stated agreement.
3.   Potential end-user actions, which may void warranty, shall be identified and
     submitted for District's approval prior to start of installation.

                               H.      Submittal
1.   The Contractor shall submit to the District for approval, prior to installation of any
     equipment, manufacturer’s catalog information for the following items:
     a. All the wiring devices and termination hardware components.
     b. Cabling indicating conformance with NEC/UL Listings and certifications.
     c. Modular Data outlet inserts and wall plate assemblies.
     d. All the raceway system components and fasteners.
     e. A document indicating areas of usage of each wiring system employed.

2.   Phase I Submittal shall be made within thirty (30) calendar days after the award of the
     contract by the District. Submit six (6) copies of the following:

     Complete bills of quantities, including all materials, components, devices, and
     equipment required for this work. The bills of quantities shall be tabulated respective
     of each and every system as specified, and shall contain the following information for
     each item listed:
             1-a    Quantity
             1-b    Description
             1-c    Manufacturer’s Name and Model Number
             1-d    Manufacturer’s Specification Sheet

3.   Phase II Submittal shall be made prior to any fabrication and within the time schedule
     approved by the project manager. All shop drawings shall be engineered and drawn
     on a vector/raster based CAD System. Approved software is AutoCAD 14 or higher.
     Each submission shall include four (4) B-size print copies (reduce larger drawing
     sizes), one (1) full size Mylar reproducible, one (1) data disk CD copy of the
     following:
                                    121
     a.   Complete floor plans, at scale of contract documents, showing the locations
          throughout the project of all receptacles, conduits, wireways, tray, pull boxes,
          junction boxes, and equipment racks.
     b.   Complete system riser diagrams, showing all elevations, room numbers, conduit
          sizes, types and fills, box sizes and types, devices, equipment and rack
          designations.
     c.   Complete scales (1” = 1’) equipment rack elevation drawings, including
          equipment designation, manufacturer’s name, model number.
     d.   Run sheets or field wiring drawings: clearly show at each terminal point, the
          type of connector to be used and include typical wiring details of each connector.
          Note where shields are connected and where they will float to ensure the integrity
          of the grounding system. Call out wire types and color code where appropriate.

4.   Phase III Submittal shall be made within the time schedule approved by the project
     manager as shown on the specialty electronics systems Bar Chart milestones
     submitted and approved during the Phase I Submittal program. Submit the following
     record drawings developed from the final “As-Built” systems:
     a. One 24 x 36 copy (reduce larger drawing sizes) of “each” drawing, cable
          schedule and any other construction details. All drawings shall be clearly labeled
          as “As-Built.”

5.   No less than thirty (30) days prior to job site acceptance testing, submit one (1)
     preliminary copy of each of the following manuals to, and as a requirement of, Owner
     acceptance of the work of this section.
     a. Equipment operating instructions: complete comprehensive instructions for the
          operations of all contractor fabricated devices and equipment items provided as
          part of the work of this section.
     b. Systems operating instructions: complete instructions for the operations of the
          systems provided as part of the work of this section.
     c. Manufacturer’s original operation instruction and service manuals. All
          brochures, manuals, and service sheets published by the manufacturer(s) of the
          equipment for systems checkout and acceptance tests.

6.   Provide on the job training in the operation of the electronics systems for personnel
     designated by the Owner, during the first thirty (30) calendar days of operation. In
     general, training must be able to start a minimum of five (5) working days prior to a
     system’s completion date. Project training periods shall be scheduled to occur during
     the normal school day.




                                   122
                                                                 APPENDIX V
                                Criteria for EETT-Funded Education Technology Plans
In order to be approved, a technology plan needs to have “Adequately Addressed” each of the following criteria:

                For corresponding EETT Requirements, see Appendix F.
                If the technology plan is revised, insert the Education Technology Plan Benchmark Review Form (Appendix I) at the beginning of
                 the technology plan.
                Include this form (Appendix C) with “Page in District Plan” completed at the end of your technology plan.




   1. PLAN DURATION CRITERION                      Page in        Example of Adequately Addressed               Example of Not Adequately
                                                 District Plan                                                         Addressed
   a. The plan should guide the district’s use   Cover Page      The education technology plan describes      The plan is less than three years or
      of education technology for the next       Page 31-86      the districts use of education technology    more than five years in length.
      three to five years.                                       for the next three to five years.



   2. STAKEHOLDERS CRITERION                       Page in        Example of Adequately Addressed               Not Adequately Addressed
      Corresponding EETT Requirement(s):         District Plan
      7 & 11 (Appendix F)
   a. Description of how a variety of            Page 2-3        The planning team consisted of               Little evidence is included that
      stakeholders from within the school                        representatives who will implement the       shows that the district actively
      district and the community-at-large                        plan. If a variety of stakeholders did not   sought participation from a variety
      participated in the planning process.                      assist with the development of the plan, a   of stakeholders.
                                                                 description of why they were not involved
                                                                 is included.




                                                                      123
3. CURRICULUM COMPONENT                       Page in        Example of Adequately Addressed             Example of Not Adequately
   CRITERIA                                 District Plan                                                       Addressed
   Corresponding EETT Requirement(s):
   1, 2, 3, 8, 10, & 12 (Appendix F)
a. Description of teachers’ and students’   Page 5          The plan describes the technology          The plan explains technology
   current access to technology tools                       access available in the classrooms,        access in terms of a student-to-
   both during the school day and                           library/media centers, or labs for all     computer ratio, but does not
   outside of school hours.                                 students and teachers.                     explain where access is available,
                                                                                                       who has access, and when various
                                                                                                       students and teachers can use the
                                                                                                       technology.
b. Description of the district’s current    Page 5          The plan describes the typical             The plan cites district policy
   use of hardware and software to                          frequency and type of use (technology      regarding use of technology, but
   support teaching and learning.                           skills/information literacy/integrated     provides no information about its
                                                            into the curriculum).                      actual use.
c. Summary of the district’s curricular     Page 133-148    The plan references other district         The plan does not reference
   goals and academic content standards                     documents that guide the curriculum        district curriculum goals.
   in various district and site                             and/or establish goals and standards.
   comprehensive planning documents.
d. List of clear goals and a specific       Page 25         The plan delineates clear, specific, and   The plan suggests how
   implementation plan for using                            realistic goals and target groups for      technology will be used, but is not
   technology to improve teaching and                       using technology to support the            specific enough to know what
   learning by supporting the district                      district’s curriculum goals and            action needs to be taken to
   curricular goals and academic content                    academic content standards to improve      accomplish the goals.
   standards.                                               learning. The implementation plan
                                                            clearly supports accomplishing the
                                                            goals.
e. List of clear goals and a specific       Page 24         For the focus areas, the plan delineates   The plan suggests how
   implementation plan detailing how        Page 26         clear, specific and realistic goals for    technology will be used, but is not
   and when students will acquire                           using technology to help students          specific enough to determine what
   technology and information literacy                      acquire technology and information         action needs to be taken to
   skills needed to succeed in the                          literacy skills. The implementation        accomplish the goals.
   classroom and the workplace.                             plan clearly supports accomplishing the
                                                            goals.




                                                                 124
f.   List of clear goals and a specific        Page 24      For the focus areas, the plan delineates   The plan suggests how
     implementation plan for programs          Page 26      clear, specific and realistic goals for    technology will be used, but is not
     and methods of utilizing technology                    using technology to support the            specific enough to know what
     that ensure appropriate access to all                  progress of all students. The              action needs to be taken to
     students.                                              implementation plan clearly supports       accomplish the goals.
                                                            accomplishing the goals.
g. List of clear goals and a specific          Page 25-26   The plan delineates clear, specific and    The plan suggests how
   implementation plan to utilize                           realistic goals for using technology to    technology will be used, but is not
   technology to make student record                        support the district’s student record-     specific enough to know what
   keeping and assessment more                              keeping and assessment efforts. The        action needs to be taken to
   efficient and supportive of teachers’                    implementation plan clearly supports       accomplish the goals.
   efforts to meet individual student                       accomplishing the goals.
   academic needs.
h. List of clear goals and a specific          Page 24-25   The plan delineates clear, specific and    The plan suggests how
   implementation plan to utilize                           realistic goals for using technology to    technology will be used, but is not
   technology to make teachers and                          facilitate improved two-way                specific enough to know what
   administrators more accessible to                        communication between home and             action needs to be taken to
   parents.                                                 school. The implementation plan            accomplish the goals.
                                                            clearly supports accomplishing the
                                                            goals.
i.   List of benchmarks and a timeline for     Page 31-79   The benchmarks and timeline are            The benchmarks and timeline are
     implementing planned strategies and                    specific and realistic. Teachers,          either absent or so vague that it
     activities.                                            administrators and students                would be difficult to determine
                                                            implementing the plan can easily           what should occur at any
                                                            discern what steps will be taken, by       particular time.
                                                            whom, and when.
j.   Description of the process that will be   Page 31-79   The monitoring process is described in     The monitoring process is either
     used to monitor whether the                            sufficient detail so that who is           absent, or lacks detail regarding
     strategies and methodologies utilizing                 responsible, and what is expected is       who is responsible and what is
     technology are being implemented                       clear.                                     expected.
     according to the benchmarks and
     timeline.




                                                                 125
4. PROFESSIONAL                                Page in        Example of Adequately Addressed            Example of Not Adequately
   DEVELOPMENT COMPONENT                     District Plan                                                      Addressed
   CRITERIA
   Corresponding EETT Requirement(s):
   5 & 12 (Appendix F)
a. Summary of the teachers’ and              Page 25-26      The plan provides a clear summary of      Description of current level of
   administrators’ current technology                        the teachers’ and administrators’         staff expertise is too general or
   skills and needs for professional                         current technology skills and needs for   relates only to a limited segment
   development.                                              professional development. The findings    of the district’s teachers and
                                                             are summarized in the plan by discrete    administrators in the focus areas
                                                             skills to facilitate providing            or does not relate to the focus
                                                             professional development that meets       areas, i.e., only the fourth grade
                                                             the identified needs and plan goals.      teachers when grades four to eight
                                                                                                       are the focus grade levels.
b. List of clear goals and a specific        Page 25-26      The plan delineates clear, specific and   The plan speaks only generally of
   implementation plan for providing                         realistic goals for providing teachers    professional development and is
   professional development                                  and administrators with sustained,        not specific enough to ensure that
   opportunities based on the needs                          ongoing professional development          teachers and administrators will
   assessment and the Curriculum                             necessary to implement the Curriculum     have the necessary training to
   Component goals, benchmarks, and                          Component of the plan. The                implement the Curriculum
   timeline.                                                 implementation plan clearly supports      Component.
                                                             accomplishing the goals.
c. List of benchmarks and a timeline for     Page 24-79      The benchmarks and timeline are           The benchmarks and timeline are
   implementing planned strategies and                       specific and realistic. Teachers and      either absent or so vague that it
   activities.                                               administrators implementing the plan      would be difficult to determine
                                                             can easily discern what steps will be     what steps will be taken, by
                                                             taken, by whom, and when.                 whom, and when.
d. Description of the process that will be   Page 24-79      The monitoring process is described in    The monitoring process is either
   used to monitor whether the                               sufficient detail so that who is          absent, or lacks detail regarding
   professional development goals are                        responsible and what is expected is       who is responsible and what is
   being met and whether the planned                         clear.                                    expected.
   professional development activities
   are being implemented in accordance
   with the benchmarks and timeline.




                                                                 126
5. INFRASTRUCTURE,                           Page in        Example of Adequately Addressed             Example of Not Adequately
   HARDWARE, TECHNICAL                     District Plan                                                       Addressed
   SUPPORT, AND SOFTWARE
   COMPONENT CRITERIA
   Corresponding EETT Requirement(s):
   6 & 12 (Appendix F)
a. Describe the technology hardware,       Page 80         The plan clearly summarizes the            The plan includes a description or
   electronic learning resources,                          technology hardware, electronic            list of hardware, infrastructure
   networking and telecommunications                       learning resources, networking and         and other technology necessary to
   infrastructure, physical plant                          telecommunications infrastructure,         implement the plan, but there
   modifications, and technical support                    physical plant modifications, and          doesn’t seem to be any real
   needed by the district’s teachers,                      technical support proposed to support      relationship between the activities
   students, and administrators to                         the implementation of the district’s       in the Curriculum and
   support the activities in the                           Curriculum and Professional                Professional Development
   Curriculum and Professional                             Development Components. The plan           Components and the listed
   Development Components of the                           also includes the list of items to be      equipment. Future technical
   plan.                                                   acquired, which may be included as an      support needs have not been
                                                           appendix.                                  addressed or do not relate to the
                                                                                                      needs of the Curriculum and
                                                                                                      Professional Development
                                                                                                      Components.
b. Describe the existing hardware,           Page 13       The plan clearly summarizes the            The inventory of equipment is so
   Internet access, electronic learning                    existing technology hardware,              general that it is difficult to
   resources, and technical support                        electronic learning resources,             determine what must be acquired
   already in the district that could be                   networking and telecommunication           to implement the Curriculum and
   used to support the Curriculum and                      infrastructure, and technical support to   Professional Development
   Professional Development                                support the implementation of the          Components. The summary of
   Components of the plan.                                 Curriculum and Professional                current technical support is
                                                           Development Components. The current        missing or lacks sufficient detail.
                                                           level of technical support is clearly
                                                           explained.




                                                               127
c. List of clear benchmarks and a            Page 31-79   The benchmarks and timeline are          The benchmarks and timeline are
    timeline for obtaining the hardware,                  specific and realistic. Teachers and     either absent or so vague that it
    infrastructure, learning resources and                administrators implementing the plan     would be difficult to determine
    technical support required to support                 can easily discern what needs to be      what needs to be acquired or
    the other plan components.                            acquired or repurposed, by whom, and     repurposed, by whom, and when.
                                                          when.
d. Description of the process that will be   Page 31-79   The monitoring process is described in   The monitoring process is either
    used to monitor whether the goals                     sufficient detail so that who is         absent, or lacks detail regarding
    and benchmarks are being reached                      responsible and what is expected is      who is responsible and what is
    within the specified time frame.                      clear.                                   expected.




                                                              128
6. FUNDING AND BUDGET                           Page in         Example of Adequately Addressed            Example of Not Adequately
   COMPONENT CRITERIA                         District Plan                                                       Addressed
   Corresponding EETT Requirement(s):
   7 & 13, (Appendix F)
a. List of established and potential         Page 15           The plan clearly describes resources*     Resources to implement the plan
   funding sources and cost savings,         Page 80           that are available or could be obtained   are not identified or are so general
   present and future.                                         to implement the plan. The process for    as to be useless.
                                                               identifying future funding sources is
                                                               described.
b. Estimate implementation costs for the     Page 80           Cost estimates are reasonable and         Cost estimates are unrealistic,
   term of the plan (three to five years).                     address the total cost of ownership.      lacking, or are not sufficiently
                                                                                                         detailed to determine if the total
                                                                                                         cost of ownership is addressed.
c. Description of the level of ongoing       Page 73          The plan describes the level of            The description of the ongoing
   technical support the district will       Page 15          technical support that will be provided    level of technical support is either
   provide.                                                   for implementation given current           vague or not included, is so
                                                              resources and describes goals for          inadequate that successful
                                                              additional technical support should        implementation of the plan is
                                                              new resources become available. The        unlikely, or is so unrealistic as to
                                                              level of technical support is based on     raise questions of the viability of
                                                              some logical unit of measure.              sustaining that level of support.
d. Description of the district’s            Page 15           Plan recognizes that equipment will        Replacement policy is either
    replacement policy for obsolete                           need to be replaced and outlines a         missing or vague. It is not clear
    equipment.                                                realistic replacement plan that will       that the replacement policy could
                                                              support the Curriculum and                 be implemented.
                                                              Professional Development
                                                              Components.
e. Description of the feedback loop used Page 2               The monitoring process is described in The monitoring process is either
    to monitor progress and update          Page 23           sufficient detail so that who is           absent, or lacks detail regarding
    funding and budget decisions.                             responsible, and what is expected is       who is responsible and what is
                                                              clear.                                     expected.
* In this document, the term “resources” means funding, in-kind services, donations, or other items of value.




                                                                    129
7. MONITORING AND                              Page in       Example of Adequately Addressed           Example of Not Adequately
   EVALUATION COMPONENT                      District Plan                                                    Addressed
   CRITERIA
   Corresponding EETT Requirement(s):
   11 (Appendix F)
a. Description of how technology’s           Page 31-79      The plan describes the process for     No provision for an evaluation is
   impact on student learning and                            evaluation utilizing the goals and     included in the plan. How success is
   attainment of the district’s curricular                   benchmarks of each component as        determined is not defined. The
   goals, as well as classroom and                           the indicators of success.             evaluation is defined, but the
   school management, will be                                                                       process to conduct the evaluation is
   evaluated.                                                                                       missing.
b. Schedule for evaluating the effect of     Page 2          Evaluation timeline is specific and    The evaluation timeline is not
   plan implementation.                      Page 23         realistic.                             included or indicates an expectation
                                             Page 31-79                                             of unrealistic results that does not
                                                                                                    support the continued
                                                                                                    implementation of the plan.
c. Description of how the information        Page 5          The plan describes a process to        The plan does not provide a process
   obtained through the monitoring and       Page 2          report the monitoring and evaluation   for using the monitoring and
   evaluation will be used.                  Page 23         results to persons responsible for     evaluation results to improve the
                                             Page 31-79      implementing and modifying the         plan and/or disseminate the
                                                             plan, as well as to the plan           findings.
                                                             stakeholders.




                                                                 130
8. EFFECTIVE COLLABORATIVE                  Page in       Example of Adequately Addressed             Example of Not Adequately
   STRATEGIES WITH ADULT                  District Plan                                                      Addressed
   LITERACY PROVIDERS TO
   MAXIMIZE THE USE OF
   TECHNOLOGY CRITERION
   Corresponding EETT Requirement(s):
   11 (Appendix F)
a. If the district has identified adult   Page 19         The plan explains how the program        There is no evidence that the plan
   literacy providers, there is a         Page 24         will be developed in collaboration       has been, or will be developed in
   description of how the program will    Page 39         with adult literacy providers.           collaboration with adult literacy
   be developed in collaboration with                     Planning included or will include        service providers, to maximize the
   those providers.                                       consideration of collaborative           use of technology.
                                                          strategies and other funding
                                                          resources to maximize the use of
                                                          technology. If no adult literacy
                                                          providers are indicated, the plan
                                                          describes the process used to identify
                                                          adult literacy providers.




                                                              131
9. EFFECTIVE, RESEARCHED-                       Page in       Example of Adequately Addressed             Not Adequately Addressed
   BASED METHODS,                             District Plan
   STRATEGIES, AND CRITERIA
   Corresponding EETT Requirement(s):
   4 & 9 (Appendix F)
a. Description of how education               Page 20         The plan describes the relevant         The description of the research
   technology strategies and proven                           research behind the plan’s design for   behind the plan’s design for
   methods for student learning,                              strategies and/or methods selected.     strategies and/or methods selected is
   teaching, and technology                                                                           unclear or missing.
   management are based on relevant
   research and effective practices.
b. Description of thorough and                Page 9-10       The plan describes references to        No research is cited.
   thoughtful examination of externally       Page 20         research literature that supports why
   or locally developed education                             or how the model improves student
   technology models and strategies.                          achievement.
c. Description of development and             Page 25-26      The plan describes the process for      There is no plan to utilize
   utilization of innovative strategies for                   development and utilization of          technology to extend or supplement
   using technology to deliver rigorous                       strategies to use technology to         the district’s curriculum offerings
   academic courses and curricula,                            deliver specialized or rigorous
   including distance-learning                                academic courses and curricula,
   technologies (particularly in areas                        including distance learning.
   that would not otherwise have access
   to such courses or curricula due to
   geographical distances or insufficient
   resources).




                                                                  132
    Appendix VI




STANDARDS 1-6




        133
                                       STANDARD 1
                  Fundamental Technology Operations and Concepts
          RUSD students understand the operation and function of various
         technological systems and are proficient in the use of technology.

ESTABLISHING READINESS (Kindergarten)
Students know and are able to do the following:
1.R.1: Communicate about basic technology components using developmentally
appropriate and accurate terminology
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark) 1
       1. Use basic vocabulary related to the use of technology (e.g., mouse [scroll, drag,
          click], keyboard, monitor, toolbar, menu, window, folder, files, icon, spreadsheet,
          database, word processor, cassette player, CD player, DVD, video tape, video
          camera, and network login) 2
       2. Identify the components of a computer (e.g., mouse, keyboard, monitor, CPU,
          printer)
1.R.2: Use input and output devices successfully to operate computers, VCRs,
audiotapes, and other technologies
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
      1. Demonstrate start up and shut down procedures of basic technology components
          (e.g., computers, tape recorders, cassette players, VCRs)
      2. Use devices to complete a task (e.g., mouse, keyboard, printer, remote control,
          microphone)

INSTRUCTIONAL FOUNDATIONS (Grades 1-3)
Students know and are able to do all of the above and the following:
1.F.1: Communicate about internal technology operations using developmentally
appropriate and accurate terminology
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
        1. Identify and apply basic vocabulary related to the internal operations of the
           technology (e.g., hardware and software terms such as disks, drives, RAM, ROM,
           CD-ROM port, CD-ROM, DVD, and multimedia)
1.F.2: Demonstrate functional operation of technology components
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
        1. Demonstrate correct ergonomic use of technology (e.g., correct posture; position of
           hands and feet; finger placement, proper height of keyboard; proper lifting and
           moving of equipment)
        2. Use multimedia resources (e.g., interactive books, educational software, multimedia
           encyclopedias)
        3. Access information sources (e.g., CD-ROMs, encyclopedias, pre-bookmarked
           Internet sites, network login)
        4. Communicate electronically, under teacher supervision (e.g., video, audio, message
           boards)
1.F.3: Use developmentally appropriate technology resources to access
information and communicate electronically
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
      1. Operate keyboard and other common input and output devices (including adaptive
          devices for special needs when necessary)



                                               134
          a. Use device in response to software (e.g., point and click, arrow and enter/return
              keys)
          b. Use keyboard effectively (e.g., key location and functions, touch-typing
              strategies)
       2. Retrieve and save information (e.g., text documents, digital photos, music, video)
       3. Print documents, text, or images

ACHIEVING PROFICIENCY (Grades 4-8)
Students know and are able to do all of the above and the following:
1.P.1: Communicate about technology using developmentally appropriate and accurate
terminology
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
       1. Use basic vocabulary related to technology (e.g., FireWire, USB, parallel, serial,
          scanning, digitizing)
       2. Use basic vocabulary related to systems (e.g., network, infrastructure, Internet,
          Intranet, LAN, WAN, Ethernet, firewall, server, TCP-IP, removable drives, back
          ups)
1.P.2: Demonstrate increasingly sophisticated operation of technology components
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
       1. Use touch-typing strategies to reach a minimum of 30 words per minute with
          accuracy
       2. Retrieve and save information remotely (e.g., network servers, Internet browsers,
          Intranet, peripheral devices)
       3. Demonstrate functional operation of technology devices (e.g., presentation devices,
          digital cameras, scanners, document cameras, PDA’s, graphing calculators,
          scientific probes, interactive white boards)
       4. Communicate effectively using electronic resources (e.g. e-mail, threaded
          discussions, and peer-to-peer messaging)
1.P.3: Demonstrate an understanding of hardware, software and connectivity problem-
solving processes
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
       1. Use troubleshooting strategies to solve applications problems (e.g., file management
          strategies, disk utilities, online help, help tools, documentation, collaboration with
          others)
       2. Use troubleshooting strategies to solve basic hardware problems
       3. Use troubleshooting strategies to identify basic connectivity problems

DEMONSTRATING MASTERY (Grades 9-12)
Students know and are able to do all of the above and the following:
1.M.1: Use the appropriate technology device to complete a task
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
       1. Given a task, selects the appropriate technology device(s) (e.g., reporting a news
          story using digital video camera, online editing, publishing for the Web, gathering
          data using scientific probes, use of graphing calculators)
1.M.2: Make informed choices among technology systems, resources and services
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
       1. Create criteria to compare and contrast technology systems, resources, and services
          (e.g., which Internet service provider, music system, Web browser, or graphics
          package meets criteria)




                                              135
MARKS OF DISTINCTION (Honors)
Students know and are able to do all of the above and the following:
1.D.1: Manage a complex technology system such as a local area network, video
distribution of a school, or lighting for a production
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
I.D.2: Set up and manage a homework hotline, tutoring site, discussion group, threaded
discussion and/or e-mail system for students and parents
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
1
  The use of cross-references to the RUSD Content Area Standards is intended to emphasize that
technology is seen as an integrated component of the educational and learning process. Teachers may
find additional opportunities for integrating the Technology Standards with other academic standards.
2
    Items following “e.g.,” are provided as examples/suggestions and, therefore, are not all-inclusive.




                                                      136
                                      STANDARD 2
              Social, Ethical, and Human Issues Relating to Technology
 RUSD students understand the social, ethical, and human issues related to the
   use of technology in their daily lives and demonstrateresponsible use of
               technology systems, information, and software.

ESTABLISHING READINESS (Kindergarten)
Students know and are able to do the following:
2.R.1: Work cooperatively and collaboratively when using technology in the classroom
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark) 1
       1. Demonstrate respect for other students while using technology (e.g., take turns,
           share resources) 2
       2. Demonstrate appropriate behavior (e.g., use only your documents, folders, mouse,
           keyboard)
2.R.2: Practice responsible use of technological devices
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
       1. Operate equipment with appropriate care (e.g., do not bang on keys; no food or
           objects near equipment; care for disks and CD-ROM; use proper shut down
           procedures)
       2. Recognize that damaging school equipment is destroying public property
       3. Recognize that changing someone’s work without permission is unacceptable

INSTRUCTIONAL FOUNDATIONS (Grades 1-3)
Students know and are able to do all of the above and the following:
2.F.1: Demonstrate respect for other students while using technology
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
        1. Describe and practice respect for other students while using technology (e.g., do not
           duplicate software       or documents without authorization; report behaviors that
           threaten the ability of others to legitimately use resources; allow peers to work
           uninterrupted; do not erase or damage files, documents or projects)
2.F.2: Practice responsible use of technology
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
        1. Use equipment hardware and software appropriately (e.g., use for assignments and
           school work versus personal pleasure; do not send threats)
        2. Describe and practice legal and ethical behaviors when using technology (e.g., do
           not copy, alter, delete or move another person’s work)
        3. Demonstrate and practice safe and correct security procedures (e.g., protect
           password)
2.F.3: Discuss common uses of technology in daily life and the advantages and
disadvantages those uses provide
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
        1. Describe the various ways in which technology is used in daily life
        2. Discuss the positive and negative impact of technologies such as television and
           computers on daily life (e.g., negative health impact; safe Internet use, such as
           knowing what information is safe to share when using e-mail, “talking” to strangers)

ACHIEVING PROFICIENCY (Grades 4-8)
2.P.1: Discuss basic issues related to responsible use of technology and information and
describe personal consequences of inappropriate use


                                              137
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
      1. Explain the purpose of an Acceptable Use Agreement/Policy and the consequences
          of inappropriate use
      2. Describe and practice safe Internet/Intranet usage (e.g., do not post inappropriate or
          harmful material; do not reveal personal information; follow the RUSD Acceptable
          Use Policy)
      3. Describe and practice “netiquette” when using the Internet and electronic mail (e.g.,
          publish photographs of people only with their permission)

2.P.2: Exhibit legal and ethical behaviors when using technology and information and
discuss consequences of misuse
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
       1. Follow the rules for deciding when permission is needed for using the work of others,
          (e.g., some sites specify whether permission is required or not, some work is in
          public domain)
       2. Obtain permission to use the work of others
       3. Provide complete citations from electronic media (e.g., use MLA aligned or age-level
          appropriate, referencing formats for citing sources of information)
       4. Explain copyright laws and “fair use” guidelines (e.g., in relationship to print, video,
          computer software, multimedia project, music)
       5. Describe copyright guidelines for multimedia creation and Internet development
       6. State personal consequences (e.g., fines, loss of privileges, grade reduction,
          suspension) related to violations of:
          a. Copyright (e.g., sheet music, prerecorded music, print, video, images)
          b. Password security
          c. Privacy (e.g., student files on network servers, removable devices, and local hard
               drives)
          d. Internet usage (e.g., inappropriate postings, accessing inappropriate material)
       7. Discuss the negative impact of unauthorized intrusions into networked data and
          describe actions to prevent these intrusions
2.P.3: Demonstrate knowledge of current changes in technologies and the effect those
changes have on the workplace and society
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
       1. Compare information technologies from past to present and describe the implications
          of computer power doubling every 18 months (Moore’s Law) (e.g., size, speed, cost)
       2. Describe the impact of technology use on individuals at home and in the workplace
          (e.g., computer has replaced the TV for some individuals; free time is spent using
          technology versus outdoor activities; jobs have been created and/or eliminated due
          to technological advances; possible infringement of privacy)
       3. Discuss the social, educational, and economic implications of the “digital divide”
          (e.g., homes and schools with much technology and connectivity versus those with
          less or none)


DEMONSTRATING MASTERY (Grades 9-12)
Students know and are able to do all of the above and the following:
2.M.1: Identify capabilities and limitations of contemporary and emerging technology
resources and assess the potential of these systems and services
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
        1. Make informed choices among technology systems, resources, and services in a
           variety of contexts


                                               138
       2. Explain the impact computer networking has on an organization (e.g., cost, allocation
          of resources, security, productivity, communications, and organizational or societal
          change)
       3. Predict future technological advances and the impact of them for individuals and the
          workplace (e.g., given the current “instant access,” what’s next?)
2.M.2: Analyze advantages and disadvantages of widespread use and reliance on
technology in the workplace and in society as a whole
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
       1. Explain the cost of maintaining technology in terms of money and manpower
       2. Describe the effect on an organization when technology fails (e.g., power outage)
       3. Analyze the long-term impact of technologies and their obsolescence (e.g., on the
          preservation of, and access to, older technologies; responsible disposal of old
          technologies; retraining of workforce)
2.M.3: Demonstrate legal and ethical behaviors among peers, family, and community
regarding the use of technology and information
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
       1. State personal liability issues related to security systems to protect technologies
          (e.g., use of passwords and the importance of protecting them; use of encryption
          software)
       2. Discuss individual privacy issues versus First Amendment protection (e.g., spyware,
          federal and state filtering and access legislation)
       3. Explain the impact of unauthorized intrusions (i.e., hacking, adware, spamming,
          manipulating or deleting data) on society
       4. Describe computer viruses and ways to protect computers from them


MARKS OF DISTINCTION (Honors)
Students know and are able to do all of the above and the following:
2.D.1: Analyze current changes in technologies and predict the effect those changes
have on the workplace and society
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
2.D.2: Advocate for legal and ethical behaviors among peers, family, and community
regarding the use of technology and information
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)

1
  The use of cross-references to the RUSD Content Area Standards is intended to emphasize that
technology is seen as an integrated component of the educational and learning process. Teachers may
find additional opportunities for integrating the Technology Standards with other academic standards.
2
    Items following “e.g.,” are provided as examples/suggestions and, therefore, are not all-inclusive.




                                                      139
                                         STANDARD 3
                             Technology as a Productivity Tool
RUSD students use various types of technology to enhance learning, to increase
productivity, to promote creativity, and to demonstrate mastery of core content
                            in all curricular areas.


ESTABLISHING READINESS (Kindergarten)
Students know and are able to do the following:
3.R.1: Use technology drawing tools for communicating and illustrating
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark) 1
       1. Use a drawing program (e.g. paint program using pencil, paint can, eraser, line
          shape tools): create a picture story with support from teacher, family members, or
          student partners
       2. Use a drawing program to add names, words, and letters to illustrations

INSTRUCTIONAL FOUNDATIONS (Grades 1-3)
Students know and are able to do all of the above and the following:
3.F.1: Use prescribed technology writing or drawing tools for communicating and
illustrating
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
        1. Use a word processor to view, open, create; save and print a document and, where
            developmentally appropriate, use editing tools
        2. Insert a graphic into a word processing document
3.F.2: Use prescribed technology tools for data collection and basic analysis
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
        1. Use spreadsheet or database application to enter data, and to perform simple data
            analysis (e.g., comparisons, collections, graphs and charts; printing and saving) 2
3.F.3: Use prescribed technology tools for publishing and presenting information
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
        1. Use a pre-designed template or stationery to publish a document (e.g., newsletter,
            greeting card, certificate)
        2. Create a multimedia product using a teacher provided template, and with support
            from teachers, family, or student partners or as part of a group or class project. (e.g.,
            (embellished word document, slide show, presentation, video)

ACHIEVING PROFICIENCY (Grades 4-8)
Students know and are able to do all of the above and the following:
3.P.1: Use formatting capabilities of technology tools for communicating and illustrating
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
       1. Create, save and print documents for an intended audience (e.g. poems, stories,
          reports, information articles
       2. Use word processing editing tools to revise a document (e.g., print preview and print
          options; select; cut, copy and paste; undo and redo commands; tabs, indents and
          margins; font size and font style; delete and undo; spell check and thesaurus; find
          and replace; click and drag; justify and format pages and paragraphs,)




                                                140
       3. Design a word processing document with graphical elements (e.g., clip art, digital
          photographs, or symbols; use text wrap, cropping, sizing, drawing tools, or tables,
          columns and graphs; headers and footers)
       4. Use desktop publishing software to create a standards aligned product (e.g.
          brochures, newsletters)

3.P.2: Use a variety of technology tools for data collection and analysis
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
       1. Use technology device(s) to collect and record data (e.g., science probe, graphing
          calculator, PDAs, alternative keyboards, webcams, GPS, and Internet)
       2. Create, enter, sort, edit, retrieve, merge and save a spreadsheet to organize and
          analyze data (e.g., define columns, and rows; insert columns and rows; set cell
          attributes; use formulas, create charts and graphs; use fill command)
       3. Create a database with multiple fields to manipulate data in a variety of ways (e.g.,
          sort, merge, list, and print report; create, edit, and delete fields [names and
          attributes]; retrieve and edit data; search; add and delete records)
       4. Incorporate graphs and charts into word processing documents.
3.P.3: Publish and present information using technology tools
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
       1. Design and create a multimedia presentation or Web page using multiple digital
          sources (e.g., from camera, video, scanner, CD-ROM, Internet; text from other
          sources); create hyperlinks between slides and to web-based resources; edit slides;
          reorder presentations, save and print options
       2. Use software to create and edit graphics
       3. Publish or present the above production to a specific audience
3.P.4: Use technology tools to support system analysis and modeling
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
       1. Manipulate several variables in a computer simulation to reach a desired outcome
          (e.g., simulation software, Web-based simulation, textbook support software)

DEMONSTRATING MASTERY (Grades 9-12)
Students know and are able to do all of the above and the following:
3.M.1: Communicate to a variety of audiences using professional level technology tools
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
       1. Create documents using professional format (e.g., resume, letter of application,
          electronic portfolio, research paper, bibliography)
       2. Merge information from one document to another (e.g., mail merge, publish, and
          import/export)
       3. Create a document that utilizes hyperlinks (e.g., Web link in documents, linking a
          word to a glossary, creating an interactive index)
3.M.2: Use a variety of technology tools for data collection and analysis to support a
decision
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
       1. Select appropriate technology devices to collect and record data (e.g., science
          probe, graphing calculator, PDAs, alternative keyboard, webcam, GPS and Internet)
       2. Create and use a spreadsheet to analyze variables (e.g., 12-month budget, loan
          rates, science and math experiments, and investment portfolios)
       3. Analyze data and create a database report from information manipulated in a variety
          of ways to support decisions (e.g., census data, polls and surveys; annual report;
          intended use, appearance)
       4. Create and use content specific graphs and charts


                                              141
3.M.3: Use technology tools to publish and present information with interactive features
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
       1. Design and create a multimedia presentation or Web site with interactive features
          (e.g., animation, audio, action buttons to play, video, control devices, open other
          applications, hyperlinks)


3.M.4: Use technology tools to support modeling and system analysis
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
       1. Determine and utilize the most efficient computer simulation programs to assist in
          reaching a desired outcome (e.g., simulation software, Web-based simulation,
          textbook support software)

MARKS OF DISTINCTION (Honors)
Students know and are able to do all of the above and the following:
3.D.1: Demonstrate technical standards, practices and techniques in videography by
creating a product for a unique audience
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)

1
  The use of cross-references to the RUSD Content Area Standards is intended to emphasize that
technology is seen as an integrated component of the educational and learning process. Teachers may
find additional opportunities for integrating the Technology Standards with other academic standards.
2
    Items following “e.g.,” are provided as examples/suggestions and, therefore, are not all-inclusive.




                                                      142
                                        STANDARD 4
                          Technology as a Communications Tool
       RUSD Students collaborate, publish, and interact with peers, experts,
      and other audiences using appropriate telecommunications and media.

ESTABLISHING READINESS (Kindergarten)
No concepts identified for this level

INSTRUCTIONAL FOUNDATIONS (Grades 1-3)
Students know and are able to do the following:
4.F.1: Communicate with others using telecommunications, with support from teachers,
family members, or student partners
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark) 1
    1. Communicate information electronically with support from teachers, family members, or
        student partners (e.g., message boards, videoconferencing, Web page) 2
4.F.2: Use technology tools for individual and collaborative communication activities that
share products with audiences inside and outside the classroom
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
    1. Plan, design, and present an academic product to classroom or community (e.g., slide
        show, progressive story, drawings, story illustrations, video production, digital images)

ACHIEVING PROFICIENCY (Grades 4-8)
Students know and are able to do all of the above and the following:
4.P.1: Use telecommunications efficiently and effectively to access remote information
and to communicate with others in support of facilitated and independent learning
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
   1. Access teacher designated teacher web sites for the purpose of information gathering
   2. Communicate independently via e-mail, Internet, and/or videoconference with people in
       a remote location
4.P.2: Use technology tools for individual and collaborative writing, communication, and
publishing activities to create curriculum-related products for audiences inside and
outside the classroom
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
   1. Plan, design, and present an academic product using technology tools (e.g., document,
       multimedia authoring, presentation software, digital cameras, scanners, projection
       devices)
4.P.3: Use telecommunications and online resources to support collaboration
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
   1. Request collaborative exchanges among people in local and/or remote locations (e.g., e-
       mail, online discussions, Web environments)
   2. Communicate electronically to collaborate with experts, peers, and others to analyze
       data and/or develop an academic product (e.g., e-mail, discussion group,
       videoconferencing)
   3. Present an academic product to share data and/or solutions (e.g., Web site, multimedia
       presentation, video)

DEMONSTRATING MASTERY (Grades 9-12)
Students know and are able to do all of the above and the following:



                                              143
4.M.1: Routinely and efficiently use online information resources to meet needs for
collaboration and communications
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
    1. Using criteria for research in Standard 5, create an end product (e.g., multimedia
       presentation, publication, Web page) to disseminate the information
4.M.2: Manage and communicate personal and professional information utilizing
technology tools and resources
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
    1. Plan and present a product appropriate to the task
4.M.3: Using technology, collaborate with peers, experts, and others to contribute to a
content-related knowledge base
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
    1. Contribute digitized material (e.g., video interviews, scanned pictures, text, and graphic
       information) to a project archive and create links to resource material
    2. Conduct e-mail interviews with content experts
    3. Consider several methods and choose the best for building group collaboration in
       research, communication and presentation among students in various remote locations

MARKS OF DISTINCTION (Honors)
Students know and are able to do all of the above and the following:
4.D.1: Use technology to compile, synthesize, produce, and disseminate information,
models, and other creative works
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
4.D.2: Participate in a student think-tank simulation to solve a technology-based problem
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)

1
  The use of cross-references to the RUSD Content Area Standards is intended to emphasize that
technology is seen as an integrated component of the educational and learning process. Teachers may
find additional opportunities for integrating the Technology Standards with other academic standards.
2
    Items following “e.g.,” are provided as examples/suggestions and, therefore, are not all-inclusive.




                                                      144
                                        STANDARD 5
                               Technology as a Research Tool
  RUSD students utilize appropriate technology-based research tools to locate,
                                     collect,
   evaluate, analyze, and synthesize information from a variety of sources and
                                      media.

ESTABLISHING READINESS (Kindergarten)
No concepts identified for this level

INSTRUCTIONAL FOUNDATIONS (Grades 1-3)
Students know and are able to do the following:
5.F.1: Recognize electronic information sources
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark) 1
    1. Identify potential sources of information about a topic (e.g., video or cassette tapes, Web
        pages, CD-ROMs) 2
    2. Locate information in a resource selected by the teacher (e.g., link sheets, WebQuests,
        CD-ROM)

ACHIEVING PROFICIENCY (Grades 4-8)
Students know and are able to do all of the above and the following:
5.P.1: Locate information from electronic resources
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
    1. Identify and use electronic research tools and resources
    2. Define subject searching and devise a search strategy to locate information using
        available electronic research resources (i.e., electronic card catalog, online or CD-ROM
        reference sources, grade level appropriate Internet resources)
    3. Explain the difference between subject and keyword searching
    4. Construct keyword searches including basic Boolean logic using available electronic
        research resources (i.e., electronic card catalog, online or CD-ROM reference sources
        and grade level appropriate Internet resources)
    5. Identify the author, copyright date and publisher of information located in electronic
        resources, including Internet resources
5.P.2: Evaluate the accuracy, relevance, appropriateness, comprehensiveness and bias
of electronic information sources
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
    1. Create citations for electronic research sources following a prescribed format
    2. Gather research from a variety of electronic sources and identify the most appropriate
        information for answering the research question
    3. Obtain permission, when appropriate, to use the work of others
    4. Identify the components of a URL to determine the source of the information
    5. Identify the author of the information found from electronic resources and determine
        validity, authority of author, display of bias; identify whether a resource is a primary or
        secondary source.

DEMONSTRATING MASTERY (Grades 9-12)
Students know and are able to do all of the above and the following:
5.M.1: Develop a research strategy to find accurate, relevant, appropriate electronic
information sources


                                                145
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
    1. Explain the difference between Internet searching using directories and search engines
    2. Construct online or electronic database searches using Boolean logic (AND, OR, NOT)
    3. Independently select appropriate electronic resources from school, the local community,
        and the world to be used to locate information needed when presented with a problem to
        solve
    4. Evaluate the appropriateness and effectiveness of electronic resources (e.g., purpose,
        credibility of author)
5.M.2: Investigate and apply expert systems (e.g., search engines and intelligent agents)
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
    1. Given a concept, use online search engines and resource-specific search features to
        find relevant information
    2. Adapt software for personal efficiency by setting preferences to enhance use of the
        software
    3. Use advanced features (e.g., preferences, advanced searching, category searching,
        filtering) in Internet browser and information software
5.M.3: Present research findings from electronic resources using academic models for
citations and format
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
    1. Utilize evaluation criteria (authority, accuracy, relevancy, timeliness) for information
        found on the Internet to present research findings
    2. Use MLA format to create citations for resources used to present research findings

MARKS OF DISTINCTION (Honors)
Students know and are able to do all of the above and the following:
5.D.1: Design a research project using a variety of technologies to solve a real-world
problem
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
5.D.2: Evaluate the accuracy, relevance, appropriateness, comprehensiveness, and bias
of electronic information sources
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
    1. Compare and contrast bias in electronic information resources
    2. Create a presentation on bias found in electronic information resources to present to a
       younger audience

1
  The use of cross-references to the RUSD Content Area Standards is intended to emphasize that
technology is seen as an integrated component of the educational and learning process. Teachers may
find additional opportunities for integrating the Technology Standards with other academic standards.
2
    Items following “e.g.,” are provided as examples/suggestions and, therefore, are not all-inclusive.




                                                      146
                                           STANDARD 6
             Technology as a Problem Solving and Decision Making Tool
  RUSD students select and utilize appropriate technologies to effectively make
   informed decisions and develop strategies for solving real world problems.

ESTABLISHING READINESS (Kindergarten)
No concepts identified for this level

INSTRUCTIONAL FOUNDATIONS (Grades 1-3)
Students know and are able to do the following:
6.F.1: Use technology resources for problem solving, self-directed learning, and
extended learning activities
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark) 1
    1. Based on a class-defined problem, use technology to:
           a. collect data
           b. interpret data
           c. express a solution to the problem
    2. Based on a problem selected by the student, use technology to:
           a. collect data
           b. interpret data
           c. express a solution to the problem

ACHIEVING PROFICIENCY (Grades 4-8)
Students know and are able to do all of the above and the following:
6.P.1: Determine when technology is useful and select and use the appropriate tools and
technology resources to solve problems
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
   1. Based on a problem selected by the student, identify and use appropriate technology
       tools to:
           a. collect data (e.g., counting versus using a probe; book index versus online index)
               2

           b. interpret data (e.g., use of a spreadsheet instead of a graphic organizer)
           c. develop a solution to the problem (e.g., creating a model versus using a
              spreadsheet)
           d. present findings (e.g., create a poster versus an electronic presentation)

DEMONSTRATING MASTERY (Grades 9-12)
Students know and are able to do all of the above and the following:
6.M.1: Investigate technology-based options, including distance and distributed
education for lifelong learning
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
   1. Locate and use an online tutorial and discuss the benefits and disadvantages of this
        method of learning
   2. Research a career and predict the advanced training needed to maintain success in the
        career
   3. Design and implement a personal learning plan that utilizes technology (e.g., using
        research skills from Standard 5 to identify a topic such as an academic interest, personal
        hobby, health issue, or potential jobs to encourage relevance in terms of lifelong
        learning)


                                               147
6.M.2: Routinely and ethically use productivity tools, communication tools, and research
skills to solve a problem
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)
    1. As a capstone experience in a content area, solve a problem using appropriate
        technology tools to:
            a. identify the problem and formulate the strategy to solve the problem (e.g.,
               brainstorming tools, flowcharting, online resources)
            b. collect data (e.g., use GPS, PDA, Internet, probes, recordings)
            c. interpret data (e.g., use visualization, simulation, or modeling software)
            d. develop a solution to the problem
            e. present findings (e.g., use electronic presentation, Web page, professionally
               formatted document, computer model, audio or video presentation, Web
               streaming)

MARKS OF DISTINCTION (Honors)
Students know and are able to do all of the above and the following:
6.D.1: Collaborate with peers, experts and others to compile, synthesize, produce, and
disseminate information and models for the purpose of suggesting solutions to a
complex problem
See: Content Standard (Cite Content Area / Grade / Benchmark)

1
  The use of cross-references to the RUSD Content Area Standards is intended to emphasize that
technology is seen as an integrated component of the educational and learning process. Teachers may
find additional opportunities for integrating the Technology Standards with other academic standards.
2
    Items following “e.g.,” are provided as examples/suggestions and, therefore, are not all-inclusive.




                                                      148
RUSD Technology Aims                                RUSD Technology Standards
I. Fundamental Technology Operations and Concepts   RUSD students understand the operation and function of various
                                                    technological systems and are proficient in the use of technology.




II. Social, Ethical, and Human Issues Relating to   RUSD students understand the social, ethical, and human issues
Technology                                          related to the use of technology in their daily lives and demonstrate
                                                    responsible use of technology systems, information, and software.




III. Technology as a Productivity Tool              RUSD students use various types of technology to enhance
                                                    learning, increase productivity, promote creativity, and demonstrate
                                                    mastery of core content in all curricular areas.




IV. Technology as a Communications Tool             RUSD Students collaborate and interact with peers, experts, and
                                                    other audiences; publishing information to a variety of audiences
                                                    using appropriate telecommunications and media.




V. Technology as a Research Tool                    RUSD students utilize appropriate technology-based research tools
                                                    to locate, collect, evaluate, and analyze task-specific information
                                                    from a variety of sources and media.




VI. Technology as a Problem Solving and Decision    RUSD students select and utilize appropriate technologies to
Making Tool                                         effectively make informed decisions and develop strategies for
                                                    solving real world problems.




                                                      149
                         Technology Skill Set 1                                 RUSD                  Grade    Grades     Grade     Grades     Content
                                                                                            NETS
                       Concepts and Termonology                                Standard            Introduced Reinforced Mastered   Applied   Standards
Login (computer vs. domain)                                                         1R1.1    2.3                                                5W1.4
Network (LAN, WAN, etc.)                                                            1R1.1    2.3
Hardware                                                                            1F1.1    2.3                                                4W1.9
Software (licenses, installing/uninstalling, piracy, etc.)                          1P2.4    2.3                                                4W1.9
Multimedia                                                                          1F2.2    2.3                                               6LS1.6
Basic Computer Commands (Scroll / Drag / Click)                                     1R1.1    2.3                                                4W1.9


Special keys (ESC, Shift, arrows, spacebar, backspace, delete, enter, etc.)         1F1.1    2.3                                                4W1.9
Desktop publishing                                                                  3P3.3    5.5
Word processor (cursor, edit, save, filename, formatting, etc.)                     3F1.1    2.3                                                5W1.4
Tools Bar Menus                                                                     1R1.1    2.3                                                4W1.9
File (types, extensions, searching, etc.)                                           1R1.1    2.3
Back-up                                                                             1P1.2    2.3
Copyright                                                                           2P2.5    5.3                                                5W2.3
Spreadsheet                                                                         3F2.1    2.3                                               4SC6.5
Database                                                                            3F2.1    2.3                                                6W1.4
Internet                                                                            1F2.3    2.3                                                4W1.7
Web Page                                                                            1F2.3    2.3                                                4W1.7
URL (web addresses)                                                                 1F2.3    2.3                                                4W1.7
Boolean search (simple to complex)                                                  5P1.4    5.6                                                6W1.4
Discussion / Bulletin Boards                                                        1F2.4    5.7                                                6W1.4
Instant Messaging                                                                   1F2.4    5.7                                                6W1.4
Electronic mail (e-mail)                                                            1P2.4    5.7                                                6W1.4
Handheld Devices                                                                    1P2.3    2.3
Interactive Whiteboards                                                             1P2.3    2.3
Input Devices (scanners, cameras, etc.)                                             1P2.3    2.3                                               6LS1.6



                                                                              150
                           Technology Skill Set 2                    RUSD                  Grade      Grades       Grade     Grades
                                                                                 NETS
          Identifying Computer Components and Peripheral Devices    Standard            Introduced   Reinforced   Mastered   Applied
Keyboard & mouse                                                         1R1.2   2.1                                                   4W1.9
Monitor                                                                  1R1.2   2.1                                                   4W1.9
Printer                                                                  1R1.2   2.1                                                   5W1.4
Hard drive                                                               1F1.1                                                         4W1.9
Floppy drive                                                             1F1.1                                                         4W1.9
Thumb / Mini-USB Drive                                                   1P1.2
CD ROM Drive / Disk                                                      1F1.1                                                         4W1.9
File Server                                                              1P1.2
RAM                                                                      1F1.1
DVD Drive / Disk                                                         1F1.1
Handheld Devices                                                         1P2.3
CPU                                                                      1R1.2                                                         4W1.9
Software                                                                 1F1.1                                                         4W1.9

                          Technology Skill Set 3                     RUSD                  Grade      Grades       Grade     Grades
                                                                                 NETS
                   Care and Appropriate Use of Hardware             Standard            Introduced   Reinforced   Mastered   Applied
Keyboard & mouse                                                         1R2.2                                                         4W1.9
Data Storage disks                                                       1F1.1                                                         4W1.9
CD ROM / DVD                                                             1F2.3                                                         4W1.9
Powering the computer on and off                                         1R2.1                                                         4W1.9
Printer use                                                              1R2.2                                                         5W1.4
Handheld Devices                                                         1P2.3
Graphing Calculators                                                     1P2.3

                          Technology Skill Set 4                     RUSD                  Grade      Grades       Grade     Grades
                                                                                 NETS
                       Basic Computer Management                    Standard            Introduced   Reinforced   Mastered   Applied
Access and exit software                                                 1F2.2                                                         4W1.9
Use disk utilities (formatting, copying, deleting, saving, etc.)         1P3.1


                                                                   151
Manage files (saving, retrieving)                                            1F3.2

                          Technology Skill Set 5                         RUSD                  Grade      Grades       Grade     Grades
                                                                                     NETS
                              Keyboarding                               Standard            Introduced   Reinforced   Mastered   Applied
Proper hand and finger placement                                             1F2.1                                                         4W1.9
Ergonomic Concerns                                                           1F2.1
Touch type (30 wpm)                                                          1P2.1

                          Technology Skill Set 6                         RUSD                  Grade      Grades       Grade     Grades
                                                                                     NETS
                     Legal and Ethical Conduct Issues                   Standard            Introduced   Reinforced   Mastered   Applied
Demonstrate responsible use of computers                                     2R2.1                                                         4W1.9
Demonstrate appropriate computer etiquette                                   2R1.2                                                         4W1.9
Understand and uphold the security rules outlined in RUSD AUP Policy         2P1.2                                                         4W1.7
Obey copyright laws                                                          2P2.6                                                         5W2.3
Cite electronic sources appropriately                                        2P2.3                                                         4W1.5

                          Technology Skill Set 7                         RUSD                  Grade      Grades       Grade     Grades
                                                                                     NETS
                           Information Literacy                         Standard            Introduced   Reinforced   Mastered   Applied
Identifying and collecting information appropriate to assignment             5P2.2                                                         5W1.4
Keyword search                                                               5P1.4                                                         5W1.4
Simple Boolean search                                                        5P1.4                                                         6W1.4
Complex Boolean search                                                   5M1.2
Categorical search                                                       5M2.3
Search online reference resources                                            5P1.2                                                         4W1.7
Access catalog from search station using library software                    5P1.4                                                         4W1.7
Access union catalog/public library                                          5P1.4                                                         4W1.7
Access catalog via title/subject/author/keyword                              5P1.4                                                         4W1.7
Evaluating web sites for accuracy and relevancy                              5P2.5                                                         6LS1.9
Assessing the validity of web-based resources                                5P2.5                                                         6LS1.9




                                                                       152
                             Technology Skill Set 8      RUSD                  Grade      Grades       Grade     Grades
                                                                     NETS
                           Software: Word Processing    Standard            Introduced   Reinforced   Mastered   Applied
Create and save a new document                               3F1.1                                                         5W1.4
Identify intended use / audience                             3P1.2                                                         4W1.1
Open, view and print documents                               3F1.1                                                         5W1.4
Print document                                               3P1.2                                                         5W1.4
Use print preview and print options                          3P1.3                                                         5W1.4
Format documents                                             3P1.3                                                         6W1.5
Justify text                                                 3P1.3                                                         6W1.5
Select font style & size                                     3P1.3                                                         6W1.5
Line spacing                                                 3P1.3                                                         6W1.5
Select page orientation                                      3P1.2                                                         6W1.5
Margins                                                      3P1.3                                                         6W1.5
Set tabs                                                     3P1.3                                                         6W1.5
Indent                                                       3P1.3                                                         6W1.5
Use headers, footers, & pagination                           3P1.1
Edit text                                                    3P1.3                                                         5W1.6
Change font style & size                                     3P1.2                                                         6W1.5
Cut, copy, paste, undo, redo, select & delete text           3P1.3                                                         5W1.6
Using spell check                                            3P1.3                                                         5W1.4
Use thesaurus                                                3P1.3                                                         5W1.4
Use find & replace feature                                   3P1.3                                                         5W1.6
Use desktop publishing techniques                            3P1.4
Columns                                                      3P1.1                                                         6W1.5
Tables                                                       3P1.1                                                         5SC6.8
Insert graphics                                              3P1.1                                                         6LS1.6
Use word processing to write stories or poems                3P1.1                                                         4W2.1
Use word processing to type reports                          3P1.2                                                         4W2.1
Use word processing to generate letters                  3M1.1                                                             5W2.1


                                                       153
Use word processing to create resume                   3M1.1
Use word processing to create a bibliography           3M1.1                                                             5W1.3
Click and drag                                             3P1.2                                                         5W1.3

                         Technology Skill Set 9        RUSD                  Grade      Grades       Grade     Grades
                                                                   NETS
                        Software: Spreadsheets        Standard            Introduced   Reinforced   Mastered   Applied
Creating and saving spreadsheets                           3P2.2                                                         5SC6.8
Identify intended use                                      3P1.1                                                         4SC6.5
Specify data organization                                  3P2.2                                                         5SC6.8
Define columns and rows                                    3P2.2
Set cell attributes                                        3P2.2
Create simple calculation formulas                         3P2.2
Enter data                                                 3F2.1                                                         4SC6.5
Retrieving data                                            3P2.3
Sorting data                                               3P2.3                                                         5SC6.8
Create charts                                              3F2.1                                                         5SC6.8
Print spreadsheet                                          3F2.1                                                         4SC6.5
Editing data                                               3F2.2                                                         5SC6.8
Insert column or row                                       3F2.2                                                         5SC6.8
Delete column or row                                       3F2.2                                                         4SC6.5
Use fill down/across                                       3P2.2                                                         4SC6.5
Save updated spreadsheet                                   3P2.2                                                         4SC6.5
Generate graphs from spreadsheets                          3P2.2                                                         6SC7.2
Determine and create appropriate type of graph         3M2.4                                                             6SC7.2
Incorporate graphs in word processing                      3P2.4                                                         6SC7.3
Analyze and interpret data using charts and graphs         3P2.2                                                         6SC7.3
Create charts and graphs that communicate meaning      3M2.3                                                             6SC7.3
                        Technology Skill Set 10        RUSD                  Grade      Grades       Grade     Grades
                                                                   NETS
                          Software: Databases         Standard            Introduced   Reinforced   Mastered   Applied



                                                     154
Use and save databases                                                       3F2.1
Create databases                                                             3P2.3
Identify intended use                                                    3M2.3
Specify data organization                                                    3P2.3
Name fields                                                                  3P2.3
Set field attributes                                                         3P2.3
Enter data in a consistent form                                              3F2.1
Edit data as needed                                                          3P2.3
Retrieving data                                                              3P2.3
Sorting data (merge, list)                                                   3P2.3
Search for specific data by field                                            3P2.3
Create and print reports                                                     3P2.3
Perform simple data analysis                                                 3F2.1
Add records to a file                                                        3P2.3
Add fields to a record                                                       3P2.3
Delete records from a database file                                          3P2.3
Delete a field from a record                                                 3P2.3
Save updated records                                                         3P2.2
Determine appearance of page                                             3M2.3
Insert headers/footers                                                       3P1.3
Print report                                                                 3P2.3

                            Technology Skill Set 11                      RUSD                  Grade      Grades       Grade     Grades
                                                                                     NETS
                       Software: Multimedia Presentation                Standard            Introduced   Reinforced   Mastered   Applied
Use graphic tools: pencil, eraser, paint can, line/shape tools, etc.         3R1.1
Change colors and patterns of tools.                                         3R1.1
Edit graphics                                                                3P3.2
Incorporate audio and video into project                                 3M3.1                                                             6LS1.6
Create links between card/slides                                             3P3.1


                                                                       155
Move cards/slides                                                                 3P3.1
Incorporate text from outside sources into project                                3P3.1
Incorporate clip art, digital pictures, and graphics into projects                3P3.1                                                         6LS1.6
Create animation                                                              3M3.1
Create a slide show                                                               3F3.2
Add text to graphics                                                              3R1.1
Use of templates                                                                  3F3.1
Create multimedia projects                                                        3P3.1
Create multimedia projects for an intended audience                               3P3.2
Create web pages                                                                  3P3.1
Save and print options                                                            3P3.1

                         Technology Skill Set 12                              RUSD                  Grade      Grades       Grade     Grades
                                                                                          NETS
                   Telecommunications and Networking                         Standard            Introduced   Reinforced   Mastered   Applied
Log in using numbers/names                                                        1F2.3                                                         5W1.4
Save files to appropriate location                                                1F3.2
Use multiple storage drives / devices                                             1P2.2
Locate files in a directory                                                       1P2.2
Accessing online / network resources                                              1P2.2                                                         4W1.7
Using URL / web addresses                                                         1P2.2                                                         4W1.7
Using hyperlinks                                                                  1F2.5                                                         4W1.7
Browser navigational tools: back, forward, home, bookmarks, etc.                  2P2.2                                                         4W1.7
Browser pull down menus                                                           2P2.2                                                         4W1.7
Transferring information/graphics from Internet to local computer or disk         2P2.2                                                         6W2.3




                                                                            156
                                     INTRODUCTION OF SKILLS - KINDERGARTEN

I     Fundamental Technology Operations and Concepts
       R.1   Communicate about basic technology components using developmentally appropriate and accurate terminology
                1      Use basic vocabulary related to the use of computers and other instructional technology
                2      Identify the components of a computer (e.g., mouse, keyboard, monitor, CPU, printer)
       R.2   Use input and output devices successfully to operate computers, VCRs, audiotapes, and other technologies
                 1       Demonstrate proper start up and shut down procedures of basic technology components
                 2       Use classroom technology devices to complete a task (e.g., mouse, keyboard, printer, remote control, microphone)
II    Social, Ethical, and Human Issues Relating to Technology
       R1    Work cooperatively and collaboratively when using technology in the classroom
                 1      Demonstrate respect for other students while using technology (e.g., take turns, share resources)
                 2      Demonstrate appropriate behavior (e.g., use only your documents, folders, mouse, keyboard)
       R2    Practice responsible use of technological devices
                 1        Operate equipment with appropriate care (e.g., banging on keys; no food near computers; disks care; proper shut down)
                 2        Recognize that damaging school equipment is destroying public property
                 3        Recognize that changing someone’s work without permission is unacceptable
III   Technology as a Productivity Tool
       R.1   Use technology drawing tools for communicating and illustrating
                 1       Use a drawing program to create a picture story with support from teacher, family members, or student partners
                 2       Use a drawing program to add names, words, and letters to illustrations
IV    Technology as a Communications Tool
             No concepts identified for this grade level
V     Technology as a Research Tool
             No concepts identified for this grade level
VI    Technology as a Problem Solving and Decision Making Tool
             No concepts identified for this grade level




                                                                              157
                                                   INTRODUCTION OF SKILLS - FIRST GRADE

I     Fundamental Technology Operations and Concepts
       F.1   Communicate about internal technology operations using developmentally appropriate and accurate terminology
                 1
                         Identify and apply basic vocabulary related to the internal operations of the technology such as disks, drives, RAM, ROM, CD-ROM port, CD-
                         ROM, DVD, and multimedia
       F.2   Demonstrate functional operation of technology components
                 1       Understand the correct ergonomic use of technology
                 2       Experience teacher use of various multimedia resources
                 3       Understand the types of information sources (print, media, electronic)
                 4       No concepts identified for this grade level
       F.3   Use developmentally appropriate technology resources to access information and communicate electronically
                 1       Understand the operations of keyboards, mice, and other common input and output devices
                 2       Understand how to save information to a disk
                 3       Print documents
II    Social, Ethical, and Human Issues Relating to Technology
       F.2   Demonstrate respect for other students while using technology
                1        Describe and practice respect for other students while using technology (e.g., allow peers to work uninterrupted)
       F.2   Practice responsible use of technology
                 1        Understand the appropriate uses for classroom hardware and software
                 2        Understand the legal and ethical behaviors associated with technology (e.g., copying, altering, or deleting another person’s work)
                 3        Understand safe and correct security procedures (e.g., protect password)
       F.3   Discuss common uses of technology in daily life and the advantages and disadvantages those uses provide
                 1      Identify the various ways in which technology is used in daily life
                 2      Discuss the positive and negative impact of technologies such as television and computers on daily life
III   Technology as a Productivity Tool
       F.1   Use prescribed technology writing or drawing tools for communicating and illustrating
                 1       Use a word processor to open, modify, save, and print a document using teacher created templates
                 2       No concepts identified for this grade level
       F.2   Use prescribed technology tools for data collection and basic analysis
                 1       No concepts identified for this grade level
       F.3   Use prescribed technology tools for publishing and presenting information
                 1       Use a pre-designed template or stationery to publish a document
                 2       No concepts identified for this grade level




                                                                                 158
IV   Technology as a Communications Tool
      F.1   Communicate with others using telecommunications, with support from teachers, family members, or student partners
               1      Discuss ways that people communicate information electronically
      F.2
            Use technology tools for individual and collaborative communication activities that share products with audiences inside and outside the
            classroom
                 1      Use drawing software to create images for a story
V    Technology as a Research Tool
      F.1   Recognize electronic information sources
                1       Discuss potential sources of information about a topic
                2       No concepts identified for this grade level
VI   Technology as a Problem Solving and Decision Making Tool
      F.1   Use technology resources for problem solving, self-directed learning, and extended learning activities
                1       Use grade-appropriate content support software
                2       No concepts identified for this grade level




                                                                                 159
                                                    INTRODUCTION OF SKILLS - GRADE TWO

I     Fundamental Technology Operations and Concepts
       F.1   Communicate about internal technology operations using developmentally appropriate and accurate terminology
                 1        Identify and apply basic vocabulary related to the internal operations of the technology
       F.2   Demonstrate functional operation of technology components
                 1        Explain the correct ergonomic use of technology
                 2        Use multimedia resources (e.g., interactive books, educational software, multimedia encyclopedias) with teacher support
                 3        Access information sources (e.g., CD-ROMs, encyclopedias, pre-bookmarked Internet sites) provided by the teacher
                 4        Communicate electronically (e.g., video, audio, message boards) with teacher supervision
       F.3   Use developmentally appropriate technology resources to access information and communicate electronically
                 1        Operate keyboard and mouse in response to software (e.g., point and click, arrow and enter keys)
                 2        Retrieve and save information from multiple locations
                 3        Use print preview and print options
II    Social, Ethical, and Human Issues Relating to Technology
       F.2   Demonstrate respect for other students while using technology
                1        Describe and practice respect for other students while using technology (e.g., do not copy documents without authorization)
       F.2   Practice responsible use of technology
                  1       Use equipment hardware and software appropriately (e.g., use for assignments and school work)
                  2       Describe the legal and ethical behaviors related to the use of technology
                  3       Demonstrate safe and correct security procedures (maintaining secrecy of passwords, not copying work of others)
       F.3   Discuss common uses of technology in daily life and the advantages and disadvantages those uses provide
                 1      Describe the various ways in which technology is used in daily life
                 2      Describe the positive and negative impact of technologies such as television and computers on daily life
III   Technology as a Productivity Tool
       F.1   Use prescribed technology writing or drawing tools for communicating and illustrating
                 1        Use a word processor to create, modify, save, and print a document
                 2        Insert a graphic into a word processing document with teacher assistance
       F.2   Use prescribed technology tools for data collection and basic analysis
                 1        Use spreadsheet or database application to enter, manipulate, and save data
       F.3   Use prescribed technology tools for publishing and presenting information
                 1        Use a pre-designed template or stationery to publish a document (e.g., newsletter, greeting card, certificate)
                 2        Create a multimedia product using a template with support from teachers, family, student partners, or as part of a group or class project.




                                                                                 160
IV   Technology as a Communications Tool
      F.1   Communicate with others using telecommunications, with support from teachers, family members, or student partners
               1       Communicate information electronically, with support from teachers, family members, or student partners (e.g., message boards)
      F.2
            Use technology tools for individual and collaborative communication activities that share products with audiences inside and outside the
            classroom
                 1      Plan, design, and present an academic product to classroom or community
 V   Technology as a Research Tool
      F.1   Recognize electronic information sources
                1        Identify potential sources of information about a topic (e.g., video or cassette tapes, Web pages, CD-ROMs)
                2        Locate information in a resource selected by the teacher (e.g., link sheets, WebQuests, CD-ROM)


VI   Technology as a Problem Solving and Decision Making Tool
      F.1   Use technology resources for problem solving, self-directed learning, and extended learning activities
                 1      Based on a class-defined problem, use technology to collect and interpret data and express a solution to a problem
                 2      No concepts identified for this grade level




                                                                               161
                                                  INTRODUCTION OF SKILLS - GRADE THREE

I     Fundamental Technology Operations and Concepts
       F.1   Communicate about internal technology operations using developmentally appropriate and accurate terminology
                 1       Identify and apply basic vocabulary related to the internal operations of the technology
       F.2   Demonstrate functional operation of technology components
                 1         Consistently apply the correct ergonomic use of technology
                 2         Use multimedia resources independently as a part of a project
                 3         Access information sources (print, multimedia, Internet, and network-based resources)
                 4         Communicate electronically as a part of classroom activities
       F.3   Use developmentally appropriate technology resources to access information and communicate electronically
                  1       Use keyboard effectively (e.g., key location and functions, touch-typing strategies)
                  2       Retrieve and save information from network-based file storage
                  3       Print documents, text, or images (e.g., documents, digital photos, graphics)
II    Social, Ethical, and Human Issues Relating to Technology
       F.2   Demonstrate respect for other students while using technology
                 1         Describe and practice respect for other students while using technology (e.g., do not erase or damage documents or projects)
       F.2   Practice responsible use of technology
                   1       Use equipment hardware and software appropriately for content specific tasks
                   2       Practice legal and ethical behaviors when using technology
                   3       Practice safe and correct security procedures (retrieving lost/forgotten log-in information, strong vs. weak passwords)
       F.3   Discuss common uses of technology in daily life and the advantages and disadvantages those uses provide
                  1      Skill has been mastered
                  2      Skill has been mastered


III   Technology as a Productivity Tool
       F.1   Use prescribed technology writing or drawing tools for communicating and illustrating
                  1        Use a word processor to create, edit, and print a document
                  2        Insert a graphic into a word processing document independently
       F.2   Use prescribed technology tools for data collection and basic analysis
                  1        Use spreadsheet application to perform simple data analysis (e.g., comparisons, collections, graphs and charts)
       F.3   Use prescribed technology tools for publishing and presenting information
                  1        Use a pre-designed template or stationery to publish a document specific to content
                  2        Create a multimedia product (e.g., embellished word document, slide show, presentation, video)




                                                                                 162
IV   Technology as a Communications Tool
      F.1   Communicate with others using telecommunications, with support from teachers, family members, or student partners
                1       Communicate information electronically using classroom message boards
      F.2
            Use technology tools for individual and collaborative communication activities that share products with audiences inside and outside the
            classroom
                 1       Contribute individual work to a classroom collaborative project (e.g., slide show, story, video production, digital images)
V    Technology as a Research Tool
      F.1   Recognize electronic information sources
                1         Identify potential sources of information about a specific topic (e.g., video or cassette tapes, Web pages, CD-ROMs)
                2         Locate information in a resource selected by the student (e.g., teacher recommendations, WebQuests, CD-ROM)


VI   Technology as a Problem Solving and Decision Making Tool
      F.1   Use technology resources for problem solving, self-directed learning, and extended learning activities
                 1       Use content specific software to support and extend learning
                 2       Based on a problem selected by the student, use technology to collect and interpret data and express a solution to a problem




                                                                               163
                                                 INTRODUCTION OF SKILLS - GRADE THREE

I     Fundamental Technology Operations and Concepts
       F.1   Communicate about internal technology operations using developmentally appropriate and accurate terminology
                 1       Identify and apply basic vocabulary related to the internal operations of the technology
       F.2   Demonstrate functional operation of technology components
                 1         Consistently apply the correct ergonomic use of technology
                 2         Use multimedia resources independently as a part of a project
                 3         Access information sources (print, multimedia, Internet, and network-based resources)
                 4         Communicate electronically as a part of classroom activities
       F.3   Use developmentally appropriate technology resources to access information and communicate electronically
                  1       Use keyboard effectively (e.g., key location and functions, touch-typing strategies)
                  2       Retrieve and save information from network-based file storage
                  3       Print documents, text, or images (e.g., documents, digital photos, graphics)
II    Social, Ethical, and Human Issues Relating to Technology
       F.2   Demonstrate respect for other students while using technology
                   1       Describe and practice respect for other students while using technology (e.g., do not erase or damage documents or projects)
       F.2   Practice responsible use of technology
                   1       Use equipment hardware and software appropriately for content specific tasks
                   2       Practice legal and ethical behaviors when using technology
                   3       Practice safe and correct security procedures (retrieving lost/forgotten log-in information, strong vs. weak passwords)
       F.3   Discuss common uses of technology in daily life and the advantages and disadvantages those uses provide
                   1       Skill has been mastered
                   2       Skill has been mastered
III   Technology as a Productivity Tool
       F.1   Use prescribed technology writing or drawing tools for communicating and illustrating
                  1        Use a word processor to create, edit, and print a document
                  2        Insert a graphic into a word processing document independently
       F.2   Use prescribed technology tools for data collection and basic analysis
                  1        Use spreadsheet application to perform simple data analysis (e.g., comparisons, collections, graphs and charts)
       F.3   Use prescribed technology tools for publishing and presenting information
                  1        Use a pre-designed template or stationery to publish a document specific to content
                  2        Create a multimedia product (e.g., embellished word document, slide show, presentation, video)




                                                                               164
IV   Technology as a Communications Tool
      F.1   Communicate with others using telecommunications, with support from teachers, family members, or student partners
                1       Communicate information electronically using classroom message boards
      F.2
            Use technology tools for individual and collaborative communication activities that share products with audiences inside and outside the
            classroom
                 1       Contribute individual work to a classroom collaborative project (e.g., slide show, story, video production, digital images)
V    Technology as a Research Tool
      F.1   Recognize electronic information sources
                1         Identify potential sources of information about a specific topic (e.g., video or cassette tapes, Web pages, CD-ROMs)
                2         Locate information in a resource selected by the student (e.g., teacher recommendations, WebQuests, CD-ROM)
VI   Technology as a Problem Solving and Decision Making Tool
      F.1   Use technology resources for problem solving, self-directed learning, and extended learning activities
                 1       Use content specific software to support and extend learning
                 2       Based on a problem selected by the student, use technology to collect and interpret data and express a solution to a problem




                                                                               165
                                                  INTRODUCTION OF SKILLS - GRADE FIVE


I    Fundamental Technology Operations and Concepts
      P.1   Communicate about technology using developmentally appropriate and accurate terminology
               1       Develop and use vocabulary specific to technologies introduced at this grade level
               2       Develop and use vocabulary related to software introduced at this grade level
      P.2   Demonstrate increasingly sophisticated operation of technology components
               1       Use touch-typing strategies to type 10-15 words per minute
               2       Skill has been mastered
               3
                       Demonstrate functional operation of technology devices (e.g., digital projectors, digital cameras, scanners, document cameras, and interactive
                       whiteboards)
               4       Demonstrate appropriate use of electronic communication tools (e.g. e-mail, threaded discussions, and messaging)
      P.3   Demonstrate an understanding of hardware, software and connectivity problem-solving processes
               1       Develop basic troubleshooting strategies to solve applications problems
               2       No concepts identified for this grade level
               3       No concepts identified for this grade level
II   Social, Ethical, and Human Issues Relating to Technology

     P.1    Discuss basic issues related to responsible use of technology and information and describe personal consequences of inappropriate use
                1        Explain the purpose of an Acceptable Use Agreement/Policy and the consequences of inappropriate use
                2        Discuss safe Internet/Intranet usage (e.g., do not post inappropriate or harmful material)
                3        Describe and practice “netiquette” when using the Internet and electronic mail
     P.2    Exhibit legal and ethical behaviors when using technology and information and discuss consequences of misuse
                1        Follow the rules for deciding when permission is needed for using the work of others
                2        Discuss how to obtain permission to use the work of others
                3        Practice the proper formatting of citations for electronic media
                4        Explain copyright laws and “fair use” guidelines
                5        Discuss copyright guidelines for multimedia creation and Internet development
                6        Describe personal consequences (e.g., fines, loss of privileges, grade reduction, suspension) related to violations
                7        Discuss the negative impact of unauthorized intrusions into networked data
      P.3   Demonstrate knowledge of current changes in technologies and the effect those changes have on the workplace and society
                1        Compare information technologies from past to present
                2        Discuss the impact of technology use on individuals at home and in the workplace
                3        No concepts identified for this grade level



                                                                               166
III   Technology as a Productivity Tool
       P.1   Use formatting capabilities of technology tools for communicating and illustrating
                 1        Create, save and print documents for an intended audience (information articles and reports)
                 2        Use word processing editing tools to revise a document (e.g., tabs, indents, margins, undo, redo, and find and replace)
                 3        Design a word processing document that incorporates multiple graphic elements (e.g., clip art, digital photographs, or symbols)
                 4        Use desktop publishing software to create a standards aligned product
       P.2   Use a variety of technology tools for data collection and analysis
                 1        Use technology device(s) to collect and record data (e.g., PDAs, handheld devices)
                 2        Create a spreadsheet or database to organize and analyze data within a content specific project
                 3        No concepts identified for this grade level
                 4        Incorporate graphs and charts into word processing documents
       P.3   Publish and present information using technology tools
                 1        Design a multimedia presentation that incorporates outside elements (e.g., from camera, video, scanner, CD-ROM, Internet)
                 2        No concepts identified for this grade level
                 3        No concepts identified for this grade level
       P.4   Use technology tools to support system analysis and modeling
                 1        Manipulate several variables in a computer simulation to reach a desired outcome (e.g., simulation software, textbook support software)
IV    Technology as a Communications Tool
       P.1
             Use telecommunications efficiently and effectively to access remote information and to communicate with others in support of facilitated and
             independent learning
                 1      Access teacher designated web sites for the purpose of information gathering
                 1      Communicate electronically using classroom message boards and internal email
       P.2
             Use technology tools for individual and collaborative writing, communication, and publishing activities to create curriculum-related products for
             audiences inside and outside the classroom
                 1       Plan, design, and present an academic product using technology tools
       P.3   Use telecommunications and online resources to support collaboration
                 1       Initiate collaborative exchanges among peers using classroom discussion boards
                 2       Communicate electronically to collaborate with experts, peers, and others to analyze data and/or develop an academic product
                 3       No concepts identified for this grade level
V     Technology as a Research Tool
       P.1   Locate information from electronic resources
                 1       Identify and use electronic research tools and resources
                 2       Locate information using electronic research resources provided by the teacher
                 3       No concepts identified for this grade level
                 4       No concepts identified for this grade level
                 5       Identify the author, copyright date and publisher of information located in electronic resources



                                                                                  167
      P.2   Evaluate the accuracy, relevance, appropriateness, comprehensiveness and bias of electronic information sources
                1       Create citations for electronic research sources following a prescribed format
                2       No concepts identified for this grade level
                3       Obtain permission, when appropriate, to use the work of others
                4       No concepts identified for this grade level
                5       Identify the author of the information found from electronic resources


VI   Technology as a Problem Solving and Decision Making Tool
      P.1   Determine when technology is useful and select and use the appropriate tools and technology resources to solve problems
                        Based on a problem selected by the student, identify and use appropriate technology tools to present findings (e.g., create a multimedia
                1
                        presentation as opposed to a poster)




                                                                               168
                                                        INTRODUCTION OF SKILLS – Grade Six

I     Fundamental Technology Operations and Concepts
       P.1    Communicate about technology using developmentally appropriate and accurate terminology
                 1         Develop and use vocabulary specific to technologies introduced at this grade level
                 2         Develop and use vocabulary related to software introduced at this grade level
       P.2   Demonstrate increasingly sophisticated operation of technology components
                 1          Use touch-typing strategies to type 15-20 words per minute
                 2          Skill has been mastered
                 3          Demonstrate functional operation of technology devices (handheld devices, scientific probes)
                 4          Communicate effectively using electronic resources
       P.3   Demonstrate an understanding of hardware, software and connectivity problem-solving processes
                 1         Use troubleshooting strategies to solve applications problems
                 2         Develop basic troubleshooting strategies to solve basic hardware problems
                 3         No concepts identified for this grade level
II    Social, Ethical, and Human Issues Relating to Technology
       P.1   Discuss basic issues related to responsible use of technology and information and describe personal consequences of inappropriate use

                   1         Adhere to the Acceptable Use Agreement/Policy
                   2         Understand and practice safe Internet/Intranet usage
                   3         Practice “netiquette” when using the Internet and electronic mail
       P.2   Exhibit legal and ethical behaviors when using technology and information and discuss consequences of misuse
                   1         Follow the rules for deciding when permission is needed for using the work of others
                   2         Obtain permission to use the work of others
                   3         Provide complete citations from electronic media (e.g., use MLA aligned referencing formats for citing sources)
                   4         Practice adherence to copyright laws and “fair use” guidelines
                   5         Describe copyright guidelines for multimedia creation and Internet development
                   6         Skill has been mastered
                   7         Describe the negative impact of unauthorized intrusions into networked data
       P.3   Demonstrate knowledge of current changes in technologies and the effect those changes have on the workplace and society
                   1         Compare information technologies from past to present and describe the implications of computer power doubling every 18 months
                   2         Describe the impact of technology use on individuals at home and in the workplace
                   3         Discuss the social, educational, and economic implications of the “digital divide” 3.1. (e.g., homes and schools with much technology and connectivity versus those


III   Technology as a Productivity Tool



                                                                                   169
      P.1   Use formatting capabilities of technology tools for communicating and illustrating
                  1          Create, save and print documents for an intended audience
                  2          Use word processing editing tools to revise a document (e.g., print preview and print options; use of thesaurus; justify and format pages and paragraphs,)
                  3          Skill has been mastered
                  4          Use desktop publishing software to demonstrate mastery of a content standard (e.g. brochures, newsletters)
      P.2   Use a variety of technology tools for data collection and analysis
                  1          Use technology device(s) to collect and record data (e.g., science probe, graphing calculator)
                  2
                           Construct and use complex spreadsheet structures for data analysis (e.g., define columns, and rows; insert columns and rows; set cell attributes; use formulas, cre
                  3        No concepts identified for this grade level
                  4        Incorporate graphs and charts into self-generated reports and/or presentations
      P.3   Publish and present information using technology tools
                  1        Design and create a multimedia presentation for an intended audience using multiple digital sources
                  2        Use software to create and edit graphics
                  3        Publish or present the above production to a specific audience
      P.4   Use technology tools to support system analysis and modeling
                  1        Manipulate several variables in a computer simulation to reach a desired outcome(e.g., simulation software, Web-based simulation
IV   Technology as a Communications Tool
      P.1   Use telecommunications efficiently and effectively to access remote information and to communicate with others in support of facilitated and independent learning
                  1        Access teacher designated web sites for the purpose of information gathering
                  2        Communicate with people in remote locations using e-mail, message boards, and/or videoconference with teacher or parent supervision
      P.2   Use technology tools for individual and collaborative writing, communication, and publishing activities to create curriculum-related products for audiences inside and o
                  1        Plan, design, and present an academic product using technology tools
      P.3   Use telecommunications and online resources to support collaboration
                  1        Engage in collaborative electronic discussions with peers in local and/or remote locations
                  2        Communicate electronically to collaborate with experts, peers, and others to analyze data and/or develop an academic product
                  3        Present an academic product to share data and/or solutions (e.g., multimedia presentation, video)
V    Technology as a Research Tool
      P.1   Locate information from electronic resources
                 1          Identify and use electronic research tools and resources
                 2
                            Define subject searching and devise a search strategy to locate information using available electronic research resources (i.e., electronic card catalog, online or CD
                            Internet resources)
                 3          No concepts identified for this grade level
                 4
                            Construct keyword searches including basic Boolean logic using available electronic research resources (i.e., electronic card catalog, online or CD-ROM reference
                            resources)
                 5          Identify the author, copyright date and publisher of information located in electronic resources



                                                                                   170
      P.2   Evaluate the accuracy, relevance, appropriateness, comprehensiveness and bias of electronic information sources
                 1          Create citations for electronic research sources, including online content, following a prescribed format
                 2          Gather research from a variety of electronic sources, including teacher selected websites
                 3          Obtain permission, when appropriate, to use the work of others
                 4          Identify the components of a URL to determine the source of the information
                 5          Identify the author of the information found from electronic resources
VI   Technology as a Problem Solving and Decision Making Tool
      P.1   Determine when technology is useful and select and use the appropriate tools and technology resources to solve problems
                 1        Based on a problem selected by the student, identify and use appropriate technology tools to collect data (e.g., using an online index vs. a book index)




                                                                                 171
                                                INTRODUCTION OF SKILLS – GRADE SEVEN

I    Fundamental Technology Operations and Concepts
       P.1      Communicate about technology using developmentally appropriate and accurate terminology
                      1            Develop and use vocabulary specific to technologies (e.g., FireWire, USB, parallel, serial, scanning, digitizing)
                      2            Develop and use vocabulary related to software introduced at this grade level
       P.2     Demonstrate increasingly sophisticated operation of technology components
                      1             Use touch-typing strategies to type 20-25 words per minute
                      2             Skill has been mastered
                      3             Demonstrate functional operation of technology devices integrated into the instructional program at this grade level
                      4             Communicate effectively using electronic resources
       P.3     Demonstrate an understanding of hardware, software and connectivity problem-solving processes
                      1            Use troubleshooting strategies to solve applications problems
                      2            Use troubleshooting strategies to solve basic hardware problems
                      3            Develop basic troubleshooting strategies to identify basic connectivity problems
II   Social, Ethical, and Human Issues Relating to Technology
       P.1     Discuss basic issues related to responsible use of technology and information and describe personal consequences of inappropriate use
                       1             Adhere to the Acceptable Use Agreement/Policy
                       2             Understand and practice safe Internet/Intranet usage
                       3             Practice “netiquette” when using the Internet and electronic mail
       P.2     Exhibit legal and ethical behaviors when using technology and information and discuss consequences of misuse
                         1            Understand the concept of public domain
                         2            Obtain permission to use the work of others
                         3            Provide complete citations for all types of information sources
                         4            Practice adherence to copyright laws and “fair use” guidelines
                         5            Describe copyright guidelines for multimedia creation and Internet development
                         6            Skill has been mastered
                         7            Skill has been mastered
       P.3     Demonstrate knowledge of current changes in technologies and the effect those changes have on the workplace and society
                         1            Compare the speed-to-cost relationship in information technologies
                         2            Predict the impact of technology use on individuals at home and in the workplace in the future
                         3            Discuss ways to address / correct the “digital divide”




                                                                               172
III   Technology as a Productivity Tool
         P.1     Use formatting capabilities of technology tools for communicating and illustrating
                          1            Create, save and print documents for an intended audience
                          2            Use word processing editing tools to revise a document (e.g., use text wrap, cropping, sizing, drawing tools, or tables, columns and graphs;
                                       headers and footers)
                          3            Skill has been mastered
                          4            Skill has been mastered
         P.2     Use a variety of technology tools for data collection and analysis
                          1            Use technology devices to collect and record data (e.g., alternative keyboards, webcams, graphing calculators, scientific probes, GPS, and Internet)
                          2            Create, enter, sort, edit, retrieve, merge and save a spreadsheet to organize and analyze data
                          3            Create a database with multiple fields to manipulate data in a variety of ways (e.g., sort, merge, list, and print report; create, edit, and delete fields
                                          [names and attributes]; retrieve and edit data; search; add and delete records)
                           4           Incorporate graphs and charts into word processing documents
         P.3     Publish and present information using technology tools
                          1            Design and create a multimedia presentations or Web pages using multiple digital sources
                          2            Use software to create and edit graphics
                          3            Publish or present the above production to a specific audience
         P.4     Use technology tools to support system analysis and modeling
                          1            Manipulate several variables in a computer simulation to reach a desired outcome
IV    Technology as a Communications Tool
         P.1     Use telecommunications efficiently and effectively to access remote information and to communicate with others in support of facilitated and
                 independent learning
                          1           Access teacher approved web sites for the purpose of information gathering
                          2           Communicate independently via e-mail, message boards, and/or videoconference with people in a remote locations
         P.2     Use technology tools for individual and collaborative writing, communication, and publishing activities to create curriculum-related products for audiences
                 inside and outside the classroom
                           1         Plan, design, and present an academic product using technology tools
         P.3     Use telecommunications and online resources to support collaboration
                          1          Request collaborative exchanges among people in local and/or remote locations (e.g., e-mail, online discussions, Web environments)
                          2          Communicate electronically to collaborate with experts, peers, and others to analyze data and/or develop an academic
                                     product (e.g., e-mail, discussion groups, videoconferencing)
                          3          Present an academic product to share data and/or solutions (e.g., Web site, multimedia presentation, video)
V     Technology as a Research Tool
         P.1     Locate information from electronic resources
                          1            Identify and use electronic research tools and resources
                          2            Define subject searching and devise a search strategy to locate information using available electronic research resources
                          3            Explain the difference between subject and keyword searching
                          4            Construct keyword searches including basic Boolean logic using available electronic research resources



                                                                                    173
                        5           Identify the author, copyright date and publisher of information located in electronic resources
       P.2     Evaluate the accuracy, relevance, appropriateness, comprehensiveness and bias of electronic information sources
                        1           Create citations for electronic research sources following a prescribed format
                        2           Gather research from a variety of electronic sources and identify the most appropriate information for answering the research question
                        3           Obtain permission, when appropriate, to use the work of online authors
                        4           Identify the components of a URL to determine the source of the information
                        5           Identify the author of the information found from electronic resources, including Internet resources and determine validity, authority of author,
                                    display of bias; identify whether a resource is a primary or secondary source
VI   Technology as a Problem Solving and Decision Making Tool
       P.1     Determine when technology is useful and select and use the appropriate tools and technology resources to solve problems
                       1           Based on a problem selected by the student, identify and use appropriate technology tools collect data (e.g., counting vs. using a scientific probe)




                                                                               174
                                                INTRODUCTION OF SKILLS – GRADE EIGHT

I    Fundamental Technology Operations and Concepts
        P.1     Communicate about technology using developmentally appropriate and accurate terminology
                      1            Develop and use vocabulary specific to technologies (e.g., network, LAN, WAN, firewall, server, removable drives, back ups)
                      2            Develop and use vocabulary related to software introduced at this grade level
        P.2     Demonstrate increasingly sophisticated operation of technology components
                        1            Use touch-typing strategies to reach a minimum of 30 words per minute with accuracy
                        2            Skill has been mastered
                        3            Demonstrate functional operation of technology devices integrated into the instructional program at this grade level
                        4            Communicate effectively and appropriately using electronic resources (e-mail, video conferencing, discussion groups)
        P.3     Demonstrate an understanding of hardware, software and connectivity problem-solving processes
                        1           Use troubleshooting strategies to solve applications problems using integrated help tools
                        2           Use troubleshooting strategies to solve basic hardware problems using documentation and online help
                        3           Use troubleshooting strategies to identify basic connectivity problems
II   Social, Ethical, and Human Issues Relating to Technology
        P.1     Discuss basic issues related to responsible use of technology and information and describe personal consequences of inappropriate use
                         1            Adhere to the Acceptable Use Agreement/Policy
                         2            Understand and practice safe Internet/Intranet usage
                         3            Practice “netiquette” when using the Internet and electronic mail
        P.2     Exhibit legal and ethical behaviors when using technology and information and discuss consequences of misuse
                          1            Discuss use of open source or public domain properties
                          2            Skill has been mastered
                          3            Use MLA formatting for citing all types of information sources
                          4            Skill has been mastered
                          5            Skill has been mastered
                          6            Skill has been mastered
                          7            Skill has been mastered
        P.3     Demonstrate knowledge of current changes in technologies and the effect those changes have on the workplace and society
                          1            Skill has been mastered
                          2            Skill has been mastered
                          3            Skill has been mastered




                                                                            175
III   Technology as a Productivity Tool
         P.1     Use formatting capabilities of technology tools for communicating and illustrating
                          1             Create, save and print documents for an intended audience
                          2             Use word processing editing tools to enhance a document used to demonstrate mastery of a content standard (e.g., use text wrap, cropping, sizing,
                                        drawing tools, or tables, columns and graphs; headers and footers)
                          3             Skill has been mastered
                          4             Skill has been mastered
         P.2     Use a variety of technology tools for data collection and analysis
                          1             Use multiple technology devices to collect and record data within the context of demonstrating mastery of a content standard
                          2             Create, enter, sort, edit, retrieve, merge and save a spreadsheet to organize and analyze data
                          3             Effectively use a database, with multiple fields, to manipulate data in connection with generating a content specific report
                          4             Incorporate graphs and charts into word processing documents
         P.3     Publish and present information using technology tools
                          1             Use student constructed multimedia presentations or Web pages to demonstrate mastery of course content
                          2             Use software to create and edit graphics
                          3             Publish or present the above production to a specific audience
         P.4     Use technology tools to support system analysis and modeling
                          1             Manipulate several variables in a computer simulation to reach a desired outcome
IV    Technology as a Communications Tool
         P.1     Use telecommunications efficiently and effectively to access remote information and to communicate with others in support of facilitated and independent learning
                          1            Access teacher approved web sites for the purpose of information gathering
                          2            Communicate independently via e-mail, message boards, and/or videoconference with people in a remote locations
         P.2     Use technology tools for individual and collaborative writing, communication, and publishing activities to create curriculum-related products for audiences
                 inside and outside the classroom
                          1            Plan, design, and present an academic product using technology tools
         P.3     Use telecommunications and online resources to support collaboration
                          1            Request collaborative exchanges among people in local and/or remote locations (e.g., e-mail, online discussions, Web environments)
                          2            Communicate electronically to collaborate with experts, peers, and others to analyze data and/or develop an academic product
                                       (e.g., e-mail, discussion groups, videoconferencing)
                          3            Present an academic product to share data and/or solutions
V     Technology as a Research Tool
         P.1     Locate information from electronic resources
                          1            Identify and use electronic research tools and resources
                          2            Define subject searching and devise a search strategy to locate information using available electronic research resources
                          3            Explain the difference between subject and keyword searching
                          4            Construct keyword searches including basic Boolean logic using available electronic research resources
                          5            Identify the author, copyright date and publisher of information located in electronic resources



                                                                               176
        P.2     Evaluate the accuracy, relevance, appropriateness, comprehensiveness and bias of electronic information sources
                         1            Create citations for electronic research sources following a prescribed format
                         2            Gather research from a variety of electronic sources and identify the most appropriate information for answering the research question
                         3            Obtain permission, when appropriate, to use the work of online authors
                         4            Identify the components of a URL to determine the source of the information
                         5            Identify the author of the information found from electronic resources, including Internet resources and determine validity, authority of author,
                                      display of bias; identify whether a resource is a primary or secondary source
VI   Technology as a Problem Solving and Decision Making Tool
        P.1     Determine when technology is useful and select and use the appropriate tools and technology resources to solve problems
                        1           Based on a problem selected by the student, identify and use appropriate technology tools to present findings
                                    (e.g., creating a model vs. using a spreadsheet)




                                                                                177
                                                  INTRODUCTION OF SKILLS – GRADE NINE


I     Fundamental Technology Operations and Concepts
         M.1      Use the appropriate technology device to complete a task
                    1      Given a task, selects the appropriate technology device(s) (e.g., gathering data using scientific probes, use of graphing calculators)
         M.1      Make informed choices among technology systems, resources and services
                    1      Create criteria to compare and contrast technology systems, resources, and services (e.g., which Internet service provider, music system, Web browser,
                            or graphics package meets criteria)
II    Social, Ethical, and Human Issues Relating to Technology
         M.1      Identify capabilities and limitations of contemporary and emerging technology resources and assess the potential of these systems and services
                     1       Make informed choices among technology systems, resources, and services in a variety of contexts
                     2       No concepts identified for this grade level
                     3       No concepts identified for this grade level
         M.2      Analyze advantages and disadvantages of widespread use and reliance on technology in the workplace and in society as a whole
                    1      Explain the cost of maintaining technology in terms of money and manpower
                    2      Describe the effect on an organization when technology fails
                    3      Analyze the long-term impact of technologies and their obsolescence
         M.3      Demonstrate legal and ethical behaviors among peers, family, and community regarding the use of technology and information
                    1     Discuss personal liability issues related to security systems (e.g., use and importance of protecting passwords)
                    2     No concepts identified for this grade level
                    3     Explain the impact of unauthorized intrusions (e.g., spy ware, federal and state filtering and access legislation)
                    4     Describe computer viruses and ways to protect computers from them
III   Technology as a Productivity Tool
         M.1      Communicate to a variety of audiences using professional level technology tools
                    1       Create documents using professional format (e.g., resume, letter of application, electronic portfolio, research paper, bibliography)
                    2       Merge information from one document to another (e.g., mail merge, publish, and import/export)
                    3       Create a document that utilizes hyperlinks (e.g., Web links, linking words to glossary, interactive indexes)
         M.2      Use a variety of technology tools for data collection and analysis to support a decision
                    1       Select appropriate technology devices to collect and record data (e.g., science probe, graphing calculator, PDA's, alternative keyboard, webcam, GPS and Intern
                    2       Create and use a spreadsheet to analyze variables (e.g., 12-month budget, loan rates, science and math experiments, and investment portfolios)
                    3       Analyze data and create a database report from information manipulated in a variety of ways to support decisions
                             (e.g., census data, polls and surveys; annual report; intended use, appearance)
                    4       Create and use content specific graphs and charts
         M.3      Use technology tools to publish and present information with interactive features
                    1       Design and create a multimedia presentation or Web site with interactive features (e.g., animation, audio, action buttons to play, video, control devices,
                            open other applications, hyperlinks)



                                                                                178
        M.4      Use technology tools to support modeling and system analysis
                   1      Determine and utilize the most efficient computer simulation programs to assist in reaching a desired outcome
                          (e.g., simulation software, Web-based simulation, textbook support software)
IV   Technology as a Communications Tool
        M.1      Routinely and efficiently use online information resources to meet needs for collaboration and communications
                   1       Using criteria for research in Standard 5, create an end product (e.g., multimedia presentation, publication, Web page)
        M.2      Manage and communicate personal and professional information utilizing technology tools and resources
                   1     Plan and present a product appropriate to the task
        M.3      Using technology, collaborate with peers, experts, and others to contribute to a content-related knowledge base
                    1     Contribute digitized material to a project archive (e.g., video interviews, scanned pictures, text, and graphic information) and create links to resource materials)
                    2     Conduct e-mail interviews with content experts
                    3     Consider several methods and choose the best for building group collaboration in research, communication and presentation among students in various
                          remote locations
V    Technology as a Research Tool
        M.1      Develop a research strategy to find accurate, relevant, appropriate electronic information sources
                    1      Explain the difference between Internet searching using directories and search engines
                    2      Construct online or electronic database searches using Boolean logic (AND, OR, NOT)
                    3      Independently select appropriate electronic resources from school, the local community, and the web to locate information needed
                           when presented with a problem to solve
                    4      Evaluate the appropriateness and effectiveness of electronic resources (e.g., purpose, credibility of author)
        M.2      Investigate and apply expert systems (e.g., search engines and intelligent agents)
                    1      Given a concept, use online search engines and resource-specific search features to find relevant information
                    2      Adapt software for personal efficiency by setting preferences to enhance use of the software
                    3      Use advanced features in Internet browser and information software (e.g., preferences, advanced searching, category searching, filtering)
        M.3      Present research findings from electronic resources using academic models for citations and format
                    1      Utilize evaluation criteria for information found on the Internet to present research findings (authority, accuracy, relevancy, timeliness)
                    2      Use MLA format to create citations for resources used to present research findings
VI   Technology as a Problem Solving and Decision Making Tool
        M.1      Investigate technology-based options, including distance and distributed education for lifelong learning
                    1      Locate and use an online tutorial and discuss the benefits and disadvantages of this method of learning
                    2      Research a career and predict the advanced training needed to maintain success in the career
                    3      Design and implement a personal learning plan that utilizes technology (e.g., using research skills from Standard 5 to identify a topic such as an academic intere
                            personal hobby, health issue, or potential jobs to encourage relevance in terms of lifelong learning)




                                                                               179
M.2   Routinely and ethically use productivity tools, communication tools, and research skills to solve a problem
        1       As a capstone experience in a content area, solve a problem using appropriate technology tools to; a. identify the problem and formulate the strategy
                to solve the problem (e.g., brainstorming tools, flowcharting, online resources)
                b. collect data (e.g., use GPS, PDA, Internet, probes, recordings)
                c. interpret data (e.g., use visualization, simulation, or modeling software)
                d. develop a solution to the problem
                e. present findings (e.g., use electronic presentation, Web page, professionally formatted document, computer model, audio or video presentation, Web streamin




                                                                  180
                                                     INTRODUCTION OF SKILLS - GRADE TEN

I     Fundamental Technology Operations and Concepts
       M.1   Use the appropriate technology device to complete a task
               1     Given a task, selects the appropriate technology device (e.g., reporting a news story using digital video camera)
       M.1   Make informed choices among technology systems, resources and services
              1      Can effectively compare and contrast technology systems, resources, and services
II    Social, Ethical, and Human Issues Relating to Technology
       M.1   Identify capabilities and limitations of contemporary and emerging technology resources and assess the potential of these systems and services
               1      Make informed choices among technology systems, resources, and services in a variety of contexts
               2      No concepts identified for this grade level
               3      No concepts identified for this grade level
       M.2   Analyze advantages and disadvantages of widespread use and reliance on technology in the workplace and in society as a whole
               1     Explain the cost of maintaining technology in terms of money and manpower
               2     Describe the effect on an organization when technology fails
               3     Analyze the long-term impact of technologies and their obsolescence
       M.3   Demonstrate legal and ethical behaviors among peers, family, and community regarding the use of technology and information
               1   No concepts identified for this grade level
               2   No concepts identified for this grade level
               3   No concepts identified for this grade level
               4   Practice safe use of computers, managing viruses and ways to protect computers from them
III   Technology as a Productivity Tool
       M.1   Communicate to a variety of audiences using professional level technology tools
               1     Create documents using professional format (e.g., resume, letter of application, electronic portfolio, research paper, bibliography)
               2     Merge information from one document to another (e.g., mail merge, publish, and import/export)
               3     Create a document that utilizes hyperlinks (e.g., Web links, linking words to glossary, interactive indexes)
       M.2   Use a variety of technology tools for data collection and analysis to support a decision
               1
                     Select appropriate technology devices to collect and record data (e.g., science probe, graphing calculator, PDA's, alternative keyboard, webcam,
                     GPS and Internet)
               2
                      Create and use a spreadsheet to analyze variables (e.g., 12-month budget, loan rates, science and math experiments, and investment portfolios)
               3
                      Analyze data and create a database report from information manipulated in a variety of ways to support decisions (e.g., census data, polls and
                      surveys; annual report; intended use, appearance)
               4      Create and use content specific graphs and charts



                                                                                  181
      M.3   Use technology tools to publish and present information with interactive features
              1
                    Design and create a multimedia presentation or Web site with interactive features (e.g., animation, audio, action buttons to play, video, control
                    devices, open other applications, hyperlinks)
      M.4   Use technology tools to support modeling and system analysis
              1
                    Determine and utilize the most efficient computer simulation programs to assist in reaching a desired outcome (e.g., simulation software, Web-
                    based simulation, textbook support software)
IV   Technology as a Communications Tool
      M.1   Routinely and efficiently use online information resources to meet needs for collaboration and communications
              1     Using criteria for research in Standard 5, to disseminate the information (e.g., multimedia presentation, publication, Web page)
      M.2   Manage and communicate personal and professional information utilizing technology tools and resources
              1     Plan and present a product appropriate to the task
      M.3   Using technology, collaborate with peers, experts, and others to contribute to a content-related knowledge base
              1
                    Contribute digitized material to a project archive (e.g., video interviews, scanned pictures, text, and graphic information) and create links to
                    resource materials)
              2     Conduct e-mail interviews with content experts
              3
                    Consider several methods and choose the best for building group collaboration in research, communication and presentation among students in
                    various remote locations
V    Technology as a Research Tool
      M.1   Develop a research strategy to find accurate, relevant, appropriate electronic information sources
              1     Explain the difference between Internet searching using directories and search engines
              2     Construct online or electronic database searches using Boolean logic (AND, OR, NOT)
              3
                    Independently select appropriate electronic resources from school, the local community, and the web to locate information needed when
                    presented with a problem to solve
              4     Evaluate the appropriateness and effectiveness of electronic resources (e.g., purpose, credibility of author)
      M.2   Investigate and apply expert systems (e.g., search engines and intelligent agents)
              1     Given a concept, use online search engines and resource-specific search features to find relevant information
              2     Adapt software for personal efficiency by setting preferences to enhance use of the software
              3
                    Use advanced features in Internet browser and information software (e.g., preferences, advanced searching, category searching, filtering)
      M.3   Present research findings from electronic resources using academic models for citations and format
              1
                     Utilize evaluation criteria for information found on the Internet to present research findings (authority, accuracy, relevancy, timeliness)
              2      Use MLA format to create citations for resources used to present research findings




                                                                                   182
VI   Technology as a Problem Solving and Decision Making Tool
      M.1   Investigate technology-based options, including distance and distributed education for lifelong learning
              1     Locate and use an online tutorial and discuss the benefits and disadvantages of this method of learning
              2     Research a career and predict the advanced training needed to maintain success in the career
              3
                    Design and implement a personal learning plan that utilizes technology (e.g., using research skills from Standard 5 to identify a topic such as an
                    academic interest, personal hobby, health issue, or potential jobs to encourage relevance in terms of lifelong learning)
      M.2   Routinely and ethically use productivity tools, communication tools, and research skills to solve a problem
              1     As a capstone experience in a content area, solve a problem using appropriate technology tools to; a. identify the problem and formulate the
                    strategy to solve the problem (e.g., brainstorming tools, flowcharting, online resources)
                    b. collect data (e.g., use GPS, PDA, Internet, probes, recordings)
                    c. interpret data (e.g., use visualization, simulation, or modeling software)
                    d. develop a solution to the problem
                    e. present findings (e.g., use electronic presentation, Web page, professionally formatted document, computer model, audio or video presentation,
                    Web streaming)




                                                                                183
                                                  INTRODUCTION OF SKILLS – GRADE ELEVEN

I     Fundamental Technology Operations and Concepts
       M.1    Use the appropriate technology device to complete a task
               1    Given a task, selects the appropriate technology device (e.g., online editing for publishing for the Web)
       M.1    Make informed choices among technology systems, resources and services
               1    Skill has been mastered
II    Social, Ethical, and Human Issues Relating to Technology
       M.1
              Identify capabilities and limitations of contemporary and emerging technology resources and assess the potential of these systems and services
               1    Make informed choices among technology systems, resources, and services in a variety of contexts
               2    No concepts identified for this grade level
               3    No concepts identified for this grade level
       M.2    Analyze advantages and disadvantages of widespread use and reliance on technology in the workplace and in society as a whole
               1    Explain the cost of maintaining technology in terms of money and manpower
               2    Describe the effect on an organization when technology fails
               3    Analyze the long-term impact of technologies and their obsolescence
       M.3    Demonstrate legal and ethical behaviors among peers, family, and community regarding the use of technology and information
               1    Discuss personal liability issues related to security systems (e.g., use and importance of protecting passwords)
               2    Discuss individual privacy issues versus First Amendment protection
               3    Skill has been mastered
               4    Skill has been mastered
III   Technology as a Productivity Tool
       M.1    Communicate to a variety of audiences using professional level technology tools
               1    Create documents using professional format (e.g., resume, letter of application, electronic portfolio, research paper, bibliography)
               2    Merge information from one document to another (e.g., mail merge, publish, and import/export)
               3    Create a document that utilizes hyperlinks (e.g., Web links, linking words to glossary, interactive indexes)
       M.2    Use a variety of technology tools for data collection and analysis to support a decision
               1    Select appropriate technology devices to collect and record data (e.g., science probe, graphing calculator, PDA's, alternative keyboard, webcam, GPS and Internet)
               2    Create and use a spreadsheet to analyze variables (e.g., 12-month budget, loan rates, science and math experiments, and investment portfolios)
               3    Analyze data and create a database report from information manipulated in a variety of ways to support decisions (e.g., census data, polls and surveys;
                    annual report; intended use, appearance)
               4    Create and use content specific graphs and charts
       M.3    Use technology tools to publish and present information with interactive features
               1    Design and create a multimedia presentation or Web site with interactive features (e.g., animation, audio, action buttons to play, video, control devices,
                    open other applications, hyperlinks)



                                                                                  184
      M.4   Use technology tools to support modeling and system analysis
             1    Determine and utilize the most efficient computer simulation programs to assist in reaching a desired outcome (e.g., simulation software, Web-based simulation,
                  textbook support software)
IV   Technology as a Communications Tool
      M.1   Routinely and efficiently use online information resources to meet needs for collaboration and communications
             1   Using criteria for research in Standard 5, to disseminate the information (e.g., multimedia presentation, publication, Web page)
      M.2   Manage and communicate personal and professional information utilizing technology tools and resources
             1   Plan and present a product appropriate to the task
      M.3   Using technology, collaborate with peers, experts, and others to contribute to a content-related knowledge base
             1   Contribute digitized material to a project archive (e.g., video interviews, scanned pictures, text, and graphic information) and create links to resource materials)
             2   Conduct e-mail interviews with content experts
             3   Consider several methods and choose the best for building group collaboration in research, communication and presentation among students in various
                 remote locations
V    Technology as a Research Tool
      M.1   Develop a research strategy to find accurate, relevant, appropriate electronic information sources
             1    Explain the difference between Internet searching using directories and search engines
             2    Construct online or electronic database searches using Boolean logic (AND, OR, NOT)
             3    Independently select appropriate electronic resources from school, the local community, and the web to locate information needed when presented
                   with a problem to solve
             4    Evaluate the appropriateness and effectiveness of electronic resources (e.g., purpose, credibility of author)
      M.2   Investigate and apply expert systems (e.g., search engines and intelligent agents)
             1    Given a concept, use online search engines and resource-specific search features to find relevant information
             2    Adapt software for personal efficiency by setting preferences to enhance use of the software
             3    Use advanced features in Internet browser and information software (e.g., preferences, advanced searching, category searching, filtering)
      M.3   Present research findings from electronic resources using academic models for citations and format
             1    Utilize evaluation criteria for information found on the Internet to present research findings (authority, accuracy, relevancy, timeliness)
             2    Use MLA format to create citations for resources used to present research findings
VI   Technology as a Problem Solving and Decision Making Tool
      M.1   Investigate technology-based options, including distance and distributed education for lifelong learning
             1    Locate and use an online tutorial and discuss the benefits and disadvantages of this method of learning
             2    Research a career and predict the advanced training needed to maintain success in the career
             3    Design and implement a personal learning plan that utilizes technology (e.g., using research skills from Standard 5 to identify a topic such as an academic interest,
                  personal hobby, health issue, or potential jobs to encourage relevance in terms of lifelong learning)




                                                                                185
M.2   Routinely and ethically use productivity tools, communication tools, and research skills to solve a problem
       1   As a capstone experience in a content area, solve a problem using appropriate technology tools to; a. identify the problem and formulate the strategy to solve
           the problem (e.g., brainstorming tools, flowcharting, online resources)
           b. collect data (e.g., use GPS, PDA, Internet, probes, recordings)
           c. interpret data (e.g., use visualization, simulation, or modeling software)
           d. develop a solution to the problem
           e. present findings (e.g., use electronic presentation, Web page, professionally formatted document, computer model, audio or video presentation, Web streaming)




                                                                       186
                                                INTRODUCTION OF SKILLS – GRADE TWELVE

I     Fundamental Technology Operations and Concepts
         M.1     Use the appropriate technology device to complete a task
                           1            Skill has been mastered
         M.1     Make informed choices among technology systems, resources and services
                           1            Skill has been mastered
         D.1     Manage a complex technology system such as a local area network, video distribution of a school, or lighting for a production
         D.2     Set up and manage a homework hotline, tutoring site, discussion group, threaded discussion and/or e-mail system for students and parents
II    Social, Ethical, and Human Issues Relating to Technology
         M.1     Identify capabilities and limitations of contemporary and emerging technology resources and assess the potential of these systems and services
                            1             Make informed choices among technology systems, resources, and services in a variety of contexts
                            2             Explain the impact computer networking has on an organization (e.g., cost, allocation of resources, security, productivity, communications,
                                          and organizational or societal change)
                            3             Predict future technological advances and the impact of them for individuals and the workplace (e.g., given the current “instant access,” what’s ne
         M.2     Analyze advantages and disadvantages of widespread use and reliance on technology in the workplace and in society as a whole
                            1             Explain the cost of maintaining technology in terms of money and manpower
                            2             Describe the effect on an organization when technology fails
                            3             Analyze the long-term impact of technologies and their obsolescence
         M.3     Demonstrate legal and ethical behaviors among peers, family, and community regarding the use of technology and information
                            1             State personal liability issues related to security systems to protect technologies
                            2             Explain the individual privacy issues versus First Amendment protection
                            3             Skill has been mastered
                            4             Skill has been mastered
         D.1     Analyze current changes in technologies and predict the effect those changes have on the workplace and society
         D.2     Advocate for legal and ethical behaviors among peers, family, and community regarding the use of technology and information
III   Technology as a Productivity Tool
         M.1     Communicate to a variety of audiences using professional level technology tools
                        1              Create documents using professional format (e.g., resume, letter of application, electronic portfolio, research paper, bibliography)
                        2              Merge information from one document to another (e.g., mail merge, publish, and import/export)
                        3              Create a document that utilizes hyperlinks (e.g., Web links, linking words to glossary, interactive indexes)
         M.2     Use a variety of technology tools for data collection and analysis to support a decision
                           1             Select appropriate technology devices to collect and record data (e.g., science probe, graphing calculator, PDA's, alternative keyboard, webcam,
                                         GPS and Internet)
                           2             Create and use a spreadsheet to analyze variables (e.g., 12-month budget, loan rates, science and math experiments, and investment portfolios)
                           3             Analyze data and create a database report from information manipulated in a variety of ways to support decisions (e.g., census data, polls and surv
                                          annual report; intended use, appearance)



                                                                               187
                         4             Create and use content specific graphs and charts
        M.3     Use technology tools to publish and present information with interactive features
                         1             Design and create a multimedia presentation or Web site with interactive features (e.g., animation, audio, action buttons to play, video, control devi
                                        open other applications, hyperlinks)
        M.4     Use technology tools to support modeling and system analysis
                         1             Determine and utilize the most efficient computer simulation programs to assist in reaching a desired outcome (e.g., simulation software,
                                       Web-based simulation, textbook support software)
        D.1     Demonstrate technical standards, practices and techniques in videography by creating a product for a unique audience
IV   Technology as a Communications Tool
        M.1     Routinely and efficiently use online information resources to meet needs for collaboration and communications
                          1              Using criteria for research in Standard 5, to disseminate the information (e.g., multimedia presentation, publication, Web page)
        M.2     Manage and communicate personal and professional information utilizing technology tools and resources
                          1              Plan and present a product appropriate to the task
        M.3     Using technology, collaborate with peers, experts, and others to contribute to a content-related knowledge base
                          1              Contribute digitized material to a project archive (e.g., video interviews, scanned pictures, text, and graphic information) and create links to resourc
                          2              Conduct e-mail interviews with content experts
                          3              Consider several methods and choose the best for building group collaboration in research, communication and presentation among students in va
                                          remote locations
        D.1     Use technology to compile, synthesize, produce, and disseminate information, models, and other creative works
        D.2     Participate in a student think-tank simulation to solve a technology-based problem
V    Technology as a Research Tool
        M.1     Develop a research strategy to find accurate, relevant, appropriate electronic information sources
                          1             Explain the difference between Internet searching using directories and search engines
                          2             Construct online or electronic database searches using Boolean logic (AND, OR, NOT)
                          3             Independently select appropriate electronic resources from school, the local community, and the web to locate information needed when presente
                                        with a problem to solve
                          4             Evaluate the appropriateness and effectiveness of electronic resources (e.g., purpose, credibility of author)
        M.2     Investigate and apply expert systems (e.g., search engines and intelligent agents)
                          1             Given a concept, use online search engines and resource-specific search features to find relevant information
                          2             Adapt software for personal efficiency by setting preferences to enhance use of the software
                          3             Use advanced features in Internet browser and information software (e.g., preferences, advanced searching, category searching, filtering)
        M.3     Present research findings from electronic resources using academic models for citations and format
                          1             Utilize evaluation criteria for information found on the Internet to present research findings (authority, accuracy, relevancy, timeliness)
                          2             Use MLA format to create citations for resources used to present research findings
        D.1     Design a research project using a variety of technologies to solve a real-world problem
        D.2     Evaluate the accuracy, relevance, appropriateness, comprehensiveness, and bias of electronic information sources
                          1             Compare and contrast bias in electronic information resources



                                                                                188
                          2              Create a presentation on bias found in electronic information resources to present to a younger audience


VI   Technology as a Problem Solving and Decision Making Tool
        M.1     Investigate technology-based options, including distance and distributed education for lifelong learning
                          1             Locate and use an online tutorial and discuss the benefits and disadvantages of this method of learning
                          2             Research a career and predict the advanced training needed to maintain success in the career
                          3             Design and implement a personal learning plan that utilizes technology (e.g., using research skills from Standard 5 to identify a topic such as an
                                        academic interest, personal hobby, health issue, or potential jobs to encourage relevance in terms of lifelong learning)
        M.2     Routinely and ethically use productivity tools, communication tools, and research skills to solve a problem
                          1             As a capstone experience in a content area, solve a problem using appropriate technology tools to; a. identify the problem and formulate the strate
                                         to solve the problem (e.g., brainstorming tools, flowcharting, online resources)
                                        b. collect data (e.g., use GPS, PDA, Internet, probes, recordings)
                                        c. interpret data (e.g., use visualization, simulation, or modeling software)
                                        d. develop a solution to the problem
                                        e. present findings (e.g., use electronic presentation, Web page, professionally formatted document, computer model, audio or video presentation,
                                         Web streaming)
        D.1     Collaborate with peers, experts and others to compile, synthesize, produce, and disseminate information and models for the purpose of suggesting
                solutions to a complex problem




                                                                              189

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:12
posted:12/3/2011
language:English
pages:192
liamei12345 liamei12345 http://
About